Home

HP LASERJET 5100LE User's Manual

1. 1305 37 FSRV10 5 FSRV2 YE tt J305 39 S O CJ H ZEROX _ 2305 40 ZEROXI detection circuit Fuse F1 24VA Ji l mi ot EN Safety circuit Y VA S 000 45V Relay CPU RL101 j Am Dm VA dd PRNT I ilz j ad c mc J203 2 7 Peer eas j a ay ae 3 3V J1023 Thermistor J102 5 j j Fuser j i i TIT FSRTH g J203 1 Lt 12 m Tremont SSS c Thermoswitch j IC403 as ay i Fixing heater Pressure roller 9901 37 J80b4 Delivery roller an m ES Main motor Fusing temperature control Variable fusing temperature is a feature that gives the user or service technician the ability to adjust the fusing temperature profile based on the media being used in the printer The default fuser mode is Normal for most types of paper which should be optimal for most users There are optional Vellum Low and High fuser mode selections If very heavy or rough media is being used then the high fuser mode is beneficial If transparencies or light media are being used then low fuser mode might be appropriate is in the paper handling and when set to the defa
2. J202 2 i 24V A I Exhaust fan mm J202 1 Fan motor J202 3 control circuit I L a SW101 i oo i Ac power N os Power switch i RL101 Fuser Relay I ee ee I Fuser paper i delivery sensor 45V PS1306 A I EI 1 yL T R 1 I I Fuser film Lor 1 1 Fuser heater 1 i i l i I l I I I Ls R M 1 I I I LI DAR F I I I Fuserheater2 1 i I I 1 I I Fuser film surface I i i temperature sensor i I TH1301 i TN I I pl TOW ih a n I gt E i Ek I 1 1 I I i I n I i gt E Oo O gt E gt E 1 I Thermoswitch i I i Dc controller I O 3 of 4 FANONO 200VI FSRTH 96 amp Dc controller H when the fan is locked L for low speed rotation H for high speed rotation H when the fan motor ON L when the 200V fuser is installed H to turn the relay ON and cut power to the fuser heaters L when sensor detects paper or rear cover open H to turn the fuser heater 1 ON H to turn the fuser heater 2 ON As the temperature of the fuser heater rises the voltage decreases Zerox signal reference signal for temperature regulation Q1860 90918 Dc controller i I 1 Laser scanner i 24V
3. T c D Z D O 2 D Feeder sensor PCA ze T p 0 v 1 a Je e x iz S v 9 o 2H E o c Oo 2 o si a F 3 D E D el B S Ona tee 2 Eo oO E 8 Cy O mm ai o Paper feeder Q pickup roller Feed roller r id SW1601 M1501 SL1501 SW1602 PS1601 SW1603 eanafetfon pad Figure 28 250 sheet paper feeder Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 95 www GovTechMedia com Dc controller Serial line Feeder control PCA C2 6 O0 O O Paper feeder pickup roller Feed roller 2 Feed roller 1 Y A AA T S 0 c Z Z 3 O iu Feeder sensor PCA o amp 2 w cr 9 amp T T Es Oo c c 5 2 20 9 o o A M c E 26 N Q oO ER nn 2 kej 2 i o 2 amp o c v Cs 8 2 gt 3 o g g S 5 x x o o S 9 Q a o a S 5 O Q o c g A D 0 a s A Feed roller paper detection signal FSENS ml ES PS200 V PS2002 SW2101 SW2102 M BAUM EM o MU UNE SW2103 mE M NEM EM o EMO e AMD OE SW2104 Separation roller Figure 29 500 sheet paper feeder 96 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper jam To detect the pr
4. Reset IC Laser IC302 i driver Image controlcircuit BEER I High H Safety circuit voltage High voltage power a control circuit supply i Cartridge i circuit r i BD PCA Fog ae I I Laser scanner Laser Fixing unit 1 Heater control SETE e a scanner circuit i control circuit I E I 1 I i 1 I i I i bag I Clutches I solenoids 1 Low voltage rt l Ac power power supply rm Sequence control i 1 circuit Em circuit Q Sensors 1 1 I I i i jd EE Opti 1 Fan motor i I sual Exhaust fan control circuit iab I I gt Main motor I I I Figure 12 Dc controller PCA Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 75 www GovTechMedia com Laser and scanner drive Based on information received from the formatter the dc controller board sends signals to the laser scanner assembly to modulate the laser diode on and off and to drive the laser scanner motor See Image formation system on page 82 for more information Paper motion monitoring and control The dc controller board controls paper motion by continuously monitoring the various paper sensors and coordinating paper movement with the other print processes For more information see Paper feed system on page 91 Solenoids sensors clutches and switches See Dc controller inputs and outputs on page 252 Engine test See Engine test
5. 170 Optional 250 sheet feeder control PCA removal 1 of 3 171 Optional 250 sheet feeder control PCA removal 2 of 3 171 Optional 250 sheet feeder control PCA removal 3 of 3 000000 0s 172 Optional 250 sheet feeder paper size spring assembly removal 1 of 2 173 Optional 250 sheet feeder paper size spring assembly removal 2 of 2 173 500 sheet feeder removal 1 of 2 top view lille 174 Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Paper size spring assembly removal 000 e eee eee ee 174 500 sheet feeder removal 2 of 2 top view with covers removed 175 Tray indicator
6. To print a control panel menu map To see the current settings for all of the menus and items available in the control panel print a control panel menu map 1 Press MENU until I 2 Press ITEM until 3 Press SELECT to print the menu map Chapter 3 Printer operation 45 Note 46 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com Private stored jobs menu This menu provides a list of the private stored quick copy and proof and hold jobs on the printer s hard disk or in RAM memory The user can send the command from the control panel to print or delete these jobs If no private stored quick copy or proof and hold jobs exist on the printer s optional hard disk or in RAM memory this menu does not appear on the control panel Table 15 Private stored jobs menu Item Explanation The name of the job stored on the printer s hard disk or in RAM To print a private job the user must enter the personal identification number PIN assigned to the job in the driver The number of copies the user wants to print i Prints the requested number of copies of the job Deletes the job from the printer s hard disk or RAM memory Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Information menu This menu contains printer information pages that give details about the printer and its configuration To print an information page scroll to the page you want and press SELECT Table
7. S 1N d reu amp is uud a4Hd reu amp is peej eid Z ps oF zo O4 U09 Wd 5 OSL ze ALS BIST Pp INld Em 1NIdd BINI ASIS LYM e Spuooes un NO uos semog ZA J HE fia Ve E D ES p ES E a MZ ES Te pa mmm EN Te m EST uni Ez ES zz ES EE Timing diagram two consecutive prints on A4 paper 600 dpi face down tray delivery Figure 33 Q1860 90918 102 Functional information g 6 o d d spuodes yu seq Joyeuiuje eBjeuo oneis m oBeyoA 1eJsue1 g oq seiq Buidoje eq zm Ov seiq Buidoje eq o og eBeyoA Areungd Ov eBeyoA Arewug 90 1Sd JosuesJeded aewjepiunBurxi4 dOL reu amp is eBed jo doy ZovSd 10sues eed jo do I S010 Uuoinjo 1981104 uonensiboy corsa p Josues Jaded 1e jo uonens y 90710 uoinp 181104 pee4 90 1S piouejos dn xoid ayessen ER ZN 10104 Jauueos s s LIN Joyow uren LNHd reubis und QJHd reubis peaj ald 101 u09 vl ZOELH LogLH 1e1eeu Bux 004 oos 90 xus om eo NO yoyms semog Timing diagram two consecutive prints on A4 paper 1200 dpi face down tray delivery Figure 34 Chapter 5 Functional information 103 Q1860 90918 ovTechMedia com 104 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTec
8. 4 Dc bias 7 vily SS m Photo sensitive drum 7 7 Me aes j Q o 2 Static charge eliminator y 706 Transfer charging roller Figure 21 Transferring the image 88 Functional information www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 22 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Image fusing variable fusing temperature During the fusing process the toner is fused into the paper by heat and pressure to produce a permanent image The paper passes between a heated fusing roller and a soft pressure roller This melts the toner and presses it into the paper The fusing roller contains a ceramic heating element that provides heat for the fusing process Fusing temperature is monitored by the dc controller board a thermistor If the fusing system overheats about 446 F 230 C a relay opens interrupting power to the fusing heater causing a fuser error message R If the fusing system exceeds 464 F 240 C the thermal fuse will open cutting off power to the fuser The dc controller board maintains a variable fuser temperature that is dependent on factors such as the paper type set in the paper handling menu Fuser film Fuser heater Toner Paper D IN FA Re charger Pressure roller Image fusing Chapter 5 Functional information 89 Figure 23 90 Functional information www GovTechMedia com Variable fusing temperature De controller Power supply
9. Hewlett Packard recommends that only HP authorized service technicians perform service on the printer However you can perform most routine maintenance When the message appears on the control panel you need to purchase a printer maintenance kit and install the new parts The RAM disk had a critical failure and can no longer be used Turn the printer off and then turn the printer on to clear the message The requested operation could not be performed You might have attempted an illegal operation such as trying to download a file to a non existent directory Delete files and then try again to print or turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on to delete all files Use HP Jetdirect to delete the files or user another software utility See the software help for more information If the message persists increase the amount of RAM installed in the printer and the size of the RAM disk Change the RAM disk size from the printer control panel configuration menu see page 53 An error exists in the printer s flash firmware Resend a valid firmware image Load the empty tray to clear the message If you do not load the specified tray the printer continues to print from the next available tray and the message continues to appear Load the requested print media into the specified tray x Make sure that the trays are correctly adjusted for size The size that is shown on
10. Registration roller drive signal TRDRV clutch drive signal RGDRY pickup solenoid drive signal MPFD i Tray 1 Delivery roller AMan motor NEN Regist Photo ration sensitive roller I drum NEN NEN NEN MEN NEN N NAA awe Feed belt ne E Y Trayi SL404 pickup roller VW mi I Rv M Separation pad cate M Feed roller NEM BEN A aCL406mGKD Transfer charging l roller Tray 2 um mm mm mm mu mu mm 306 pickup Separation pad Tray 2 Paper path Chapter 5 Functional information 93 Figure 27 Paper skew correction 94 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printing from the optional 500 sheet and 250 sheet Trays There are two kinds of paper feeders 250 sheet and 500 sheet The paper feeder operation sequence is controlled by the feeder control PCA The feeder control PCA has an 8 bit microcomputer and controls the serial communications between the feeder s and the dc controller PCA of the printer The feeder control PCA drives motors and solenoids with various commands from the dc controller PCA The feeder control PCA sends the status of the paper feeder back to the printer at the same time De controller Serial line Feeder control PCA
11. 0 00 eee eee 134 Main gear assembly removal 2 of 2 6 ee eae 135 Pickup gear assembly removal left side of printer llis 136 Tray 1 pickup solenoid removal sssleeeeeee eh 137 Fan removal right side of printer llis 138 Formatter assembly removal lssesseeeleee ees 139 Tray t roller removal 5i eig RS REA RR DEOR E ex RE t gor d d 140 Tray 1 separation pad removal 1 of 2 view through slot in Tray 1 141 Tray 1 separation pad removal 2 of2 llle 141 Tray 2 pickup roller removal bottom of the printer llle 142 Tray 2 separation pad removal 1 of 2 lesse 143 Tray 2 separation pad removal 2 of2 llis 143 Paper feed roller assembly removal 1 of 3 left side view of printer 144 Paper feed roller assembly removal 2 of 3 location of two screws 145 Paper feed roller assembly removal 3 of 3 bottom view of printer 145 Dc controller assembly removal 1 of 3 rear view of printer 146 Dc controller assembly removal 2 of 3 long screws 000 eee eee eee 147 Dc controller assembly removal 3 of 3 liliis 147 Paper feed belt assembly removal 1 of 2 0 0 cece 148 Paper feed belt assembly removal 20f2 00 cece ee 149 Tray 1 shaft removal 1 of 2 right side view of printer 150 Tray 1 shaft removal 2 012 c
12. Photo M odd Paul M ER sensitive Y J O 9 ST dum ee Q AC Transfer charging raller Re charger Static charge eliminator Q O Tray 2 pickup roller Cleaning blade lt Fuser x Formatter Dc controller Image formation system 82 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Toner cartridge A major portion of the image formation system is contained in the toner cartridge as shown in the figure below The toner cartridge is the core of the image formation system It houses the cleaning conditioning and developing steps of the process The toner cartridge contains the photosensitive drum primary charging roller developing station toner cavity waste toner cavity and cleaning station Including these components that wear degrade or are consumed in the replaceable toner cartridge eliminates the need for a service call when replacement is required The printer also has a cartridge drive system that minimizes banding Cartridge Laser beam gt Primary charging roller Cleaning blad E eaning blade Developing cylinder Photosensitive drum Transfer charging roller Static charge eliminator Figure 15 Toner cartridge Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 83 www GovTechMedia com Photosensitive drum The special properties of the photosensitive drum allow
13. Figure 112 Paper size spring assembly removal 174 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 4 Remove the five self tapping screws callout 6 Figure 113 500 sheet feeder removal 2 of 2 top view with covers removed Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 175 www GovTechMedia com Tray indicator assembly Remove the base frame from the 500 sheet feeder assembly see page 174 Remove the left front corner cover screw callout 1 Remove the cover Remove the top self tapping screw a fF WN Remove the tray indicator assembly callout 2 Figure 114 Tray indicator assembly removal 176 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Left front corner cover installation 1 Install the tray indicator assembly 2 Depress the indicator so that the tray indicator limit tab callout 1 is between the upper limit stop callout 2 and the lower limit stop callout 3 and then reinstall the cover Note Make sure that the tray indicator operates correctly Figure 115 Installing the left front corner cover Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 177 www GovTechMedia com Figure 116 500 sheet feeder feed roller 1 Place the feeder upside down on the work surface 2 Pinch the feed roller tab and slide the feed roller callout 1 off of the shaft 500 sheet feeder feed roller removal 178 Removing and replacing parts www GovTechMedia c om Q
14. Figure 66 Tray 1 pickup solenoid removal Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 137 www GovTechMedia com Fan Remove the top cover see page 115 and the right side cover page 123 Disconnect the cable callout 1 that supplies power to the fan Remove the two self tapping screws callout 2 that secure the fan to the chassis A OO N 2 Remove the fan from the chassis Figure 67 Fan removal right side of printer 138 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 68 Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Formatter assembly 1 Print a menu map and a configuration page if possible to use as a reference when you reinstall the new formatter Remove any EIO accessories from the EIO slots Facing the back of the printer loosen the two captive screws callout 1 and slide the formatter assembly out 4 Remove any DIMMs from the DIMM slots Formatter assembly removal After you reinstall the formatter update the printer configuration if necessary using the pages that you printed in step 1 see Service mode on page 59 6 Removing and replacing parts 139 Tray 1 roller 1 2 3 4 Open the top cover and remove the toner cartridge Facing the front of the printer raise the green center handle of the registration assembly Lift the locking tab callout 1 on the right side roller cam and slide the cam to the right Slide the roller between the two cams
15. zzz z Ol IOIo 6 alo ol l e oloooxtilo5 2 o 9osso NIe C ES RSS OHIO Tt Ense go e T Oo 1015 i e o e OooO i Q amp mc mc gc GO x A o a E 3 c E SKi m wW lo 8 Parts and diagrams 271 Q1860 90918 m www GovTechMedia co Figure 168 Upper delivery assembly Table 71 Upper delivery assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 3542 090CN 1 Upper delivery assembly RB2 1980 000CN 1 Lever bin full RS6 0357 000CN 1 Gear delivery roller 272 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 9 Figure 169 Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly Table 72 Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 3521 020CN 1 Paper pick up roller assembly Tray 2 4 RB2 1821 020CN 1 Pickup roller 250 sheet trays Q1860 90918 8 Parts and diagrams 273 www GovTechMedia com Paper feed belt assembly Figure 170 Table 73 Paper feed belt assembly gt Bl cox eo gt g gt o a o E 2o 2 82 o 215 d o s 228529 S 2 8 T s zoo590g 9 o 2 2 2 g gt d uus ewm 0 alg ome Oligi EIS a a x n 1 0 r gt c G Gir al Zzzz OJIOO0O oO ooioioso o oloiloi io 2 2 19 9 29 EIIN oln 313 229 E ws tlolalala Goma CL c m m m A o a E 3 c E Ses Q1860 90918 274 Parts and di
16. Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 197 Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action A fuser error has occurred 50 1 low fuser temperature 50 2 fuser warm up service 50 3 high fuser temperature 50 4 low bad line voltage the printer might be connected to an uninterrupted power supply UPS 50 5 unable to hold a consistent fuser temperature 1 Turn the printer off for a minimum of 20 minutes to clear the error 2 For 50 4 errors move the printer to another power source and disconnect it from any UPS supply 3 Reseat the fuser 4 Turn the power off and remove the fuser Check the continuity between connectors J1307 1 callout 1 and J1307 2 callout 2 If the resistance is not in the range of 1 to 2 5 MQ then replace the fuser 5 Check continuity between connectors J1308 3 callout 3 and J1308 1 callout 4 with the fuser removed If no continuity exists replace the fuser 6 If the problem persists replace the power supply and then replace the dc controller if necessary A beam detect error occurred 1 Press Go The page that contains the error will automatically be reprinted 2 Turn the printer off and then back on 3 Reseat the cables 4 Replace the laser scanner The laser scanner speed is incorrect 1 Press Go The page that contains the error will automatically be reprinted 2 Turn the printer off and then back on 3 Reseat th
17. The print samples in the following figures illustrate some print quality defects All images are depicted on letter or A4 sized paper that has been fed in the normal landscape non R orientation Keep copies of print quality defects that you encounter in the field and explanations of their causes to use for future reference The image defects listed here are covered in the following tables Black lines in paper path direction table 34 on page 210 Black lines opposite paper path direction table 35 on page 210 Black page table 36 on page 211 Blank page table 37 on page 212 Character voids and dropouts table 38 on page 213 Creases table 39 on page 214 Curl table 40 on page 214 Dark print table 41 on page 215 Dirt on back of page table 42 on page 215 Distorted image table 43 on page 216 Dots in the paper path direction table 44 on page 216 Faded or light print table 45 on page 217 Gray background table 46 on page 218 Loose toner or toner smear table 47 on page 219 Repetitive defects table 48 on page 220 Skew table 49 on page 220 Smudged lines either direction table 50 on page 221 Toner specks see also Dots on page 216 table 51 on page 221 White lines in the paper path direction table 52 on page 221 White lines opposite to the paper path direction table 53 on page 222 If you find a defect that is not depicted record the cause and save a copy of the defect for future
18. Toner cartridge guides 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the left and right side covers page 123 Release the leading tab callout 1 first Rotate the right guide clockwise and the left guide counterclockwise to unlock the remaining two tabs 4 Slide the guide out of the chassis Figure 99 Toner cartridge guide removal shown from right side Note To reinstall the guide insert the two non leading tabs callout 2 first Twist the right guide counterclockwise and the left guide clockwise to lock the guides Gently flex the leading tab so that it will fit into the slot easily Then snap the guide into place 166 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Power inlet assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the right side cover page 123 2 Remove the switch rod callout 1 by flexing it slightly and unhooking it from the switches on each end Remove the three self tapping screws callout 2 from the power inlet housing Remove the machine screw callout 3 and grounding wire Figure 100 Power inlet assembly removal 5 Unthread the line voltage cable from the frame 6 Press down the top of the line voltage connector to release it from the power supply PCA Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 167 www GovTechMedia com Optional 250 sheet feeder Separation pad 1 Empty the paper from the tray Note Callout 1 in figure 101 shows a detail of the s
19. Toner cartridge primary charging roller 44 mm 1 3 4 in Toner cartridge developing cylinder or registration roller 50 mm 2 in Feed roller 52 mm 2 1 16 in gt Transfer charging roller 55 mm 2 3 16 in _____ gt Fuser roller 75 mm 2 15 16 in Fuser pressure roller 79 mm 3 1 8 in J Toner cartridge photosensitive drum 94 mm 3 11 16 in r gt Cassette pickup roller 135 mm 5 5 16 in gt Repetitive defect ruler Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 223 Image system troubleshooting Half self test functional check The electrophotographic process can be subdivided into the following stages Cleaning removes excess toner from the drum surface Conditioning places a uniform electrical charge on the drum Writing the laser strikes the surface of the drum to create an electrostatic image Developing forms the toner image on the drum Transferring charges transfer the image to the print media Fusing heat and pressure produces a permanent image The purpose of the half self test check is to determine which process is malfunctioning Perform the test as follows 1 Print a configuration page from the control panel 1 2 Open the top cover after the paper advances half way through th
20. Transparencies Transparencies used in the printer must be able to withstand 200 C 392 F the printer s maximum temperature For best results close the rear output bin to print transparencies to the top output bin To avoid damaging the printer use only transparencies that are recommended for use in monochrome laser printers If you have problems printing on transparencies use Tray 1 Vellum Vellum is typically a special lightweight paper similar to parchment Print vellum from Tray 1 only and open the rear output bin Do not print on both sides of vellum Vellum used in the printer must be able to withstand 200 C 392 F the printer s maximum temperature Envelopes Always print envelopes from Tray 1 To help prevent envelopes from wrinkling or jamming open the rear output bin Envelope construction Envelope construction is critical Envelope fold lines can vary considerably not only between manufacturers but also within a box from the same manufacturer Successful printing on envelopes depends upon the quality of the envelopes When selecting envelopes consider the following components e Weight The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 105 g m 28 Ib or jamming can result Construction Before printing envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm 0 25 inch curl and should not contain air Envelopes that trap air can cause problems e Condition Make sure envelopes are not wrinkled n
21. XD2 1100 322CN E ring Figure 166 on page 270 XD2 1100 322CN E ring Figure 164 on page 266 8 Parts and diagrams 297 298 Parts and diagrams Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Index Numerics 10 100Base TX turning menu on and off 57 250 sheet feeder clutches 249 comparison by model 18 connectors 245 control PCA removing and replacing 171 features 16 location of components 229 230 motors fans and fuser heaters 242 paper feeder control PCA 248 paper sensor 237 paper size spring assembly removing and replacing 173 paper size switches 237 paper specifications 25 PCAs 247 pickup roller solenoid 237 pickup roller removing and replacing 169 printing from 95 product number 260 sensing flag removing and replacing 170 sensors 238 separation pad removing and replacing 168 setting how used 48 solenoids 249 switches 240 See also trays 250 sheet tray pickup roller expected life 68 250 sheet tray separation pad expected life 68 500 sheet feeder clutches 249 comparison by model 18 connectors 246 features 16 feed roller removing and replacing 178 gear assembly removing and replacing 180 left front corner cover removing and replacing 177 location of components 231 232 motors fans and fuser heaters 242 paper feed sensor 237 paper feeder control PCA 248 paper sensor 237 paper size spring assembly removing and replacing 174 paper size switches 237 paper specifications 26 PCAs location 247
22. 11 by 17 in A3 297 by 420 mm 11 7 by 16 5 in B4 JIS 257 by 364 mm 10 1 by 14 3 in 1 The printer supports a wide range of media sizes Check the printer software for supported sizes 2 Capacity might vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Q1860 90918 Chapter 1 Printer description 25 www GovTechMedia com Table 8 Paper specifications 500 sheet feeder Supported paper Dimensions Weight Capacity Letter 216 by 279 mm 60 to 105 g m 500 sheets of 75 g m Letter R3 8 5 by 11 inches 16 to 28 Ib 20 Ib paper A4 210 by 297 mm 50 to 100 transparencies A4 R3 8 3 by 11 7 inches Executive 191 by 267 mm 7 3 by 10 5 inches Legal 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches B5 JIS 182 by 257 mm 7 2 by 10 inches A5 148 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 2 inches 11 by 17 279 by 432 mm 11 by 17 inches A3 297 by 420 mm 11 7 by 16 5 inches B4 JIS 257 by 364 mm 10 1 by 14 3 inches Minimum Size 148 by 210 mm Custom 5 8 by 8 3 inches Maximum Size 297 by 432 mm Custom 11 7 by 17 inches 1 The printer supports a wide range of media sizes Check the printer software for supported sizes 2 Capacity may vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions 3 To print rotated paper see the user s guide 4 To print custom size paper see the user s guide Table 9 Paper specifications duplexer Dimensions Weight Minimu
23. HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer The HP LaserJet 5100din printer product number Q1862A is a 22 ppm laser printer that comes standard with a 100 sheet multipurpose Tray 1 a 250 sheet Tray 2 a 500 sheet feeder 32 MB of memory an HP Jetdirect print server for connecting to a fast Ethernet 10 100Base TX network an embedded Web server DIMM for remote printer management and a duplex printing accessory for printing on two sides of a sheet of print media The printer is designed for network users and can print full bleed images on paper sizes up to A3 and 11 by 17 inches 279 by 432 mm HP LaserJet 5100Le printer This printer product number Q18634 is a 22 ppm laser printer that comes standard with a 100 sheet multipurpose Tray 1 a 250 sheet Tray 2 and 16 MB of memory The printer can print full bleed images on paper sizes up to A3 and 11 by 17 inches 279 by 432 mm Paper handling and EIO accessories are not available for the HP LaserJet 5100Le printer Chapter 1 Printer description 17 Table 2 Comparison of HP LaserJet 5100 Series printers HP LaserJet 5100 HP LaserJet 5100tn HP LaserJet 5100dtn HP LaserJet 5100 LE Q1860A Q1861A Q1862A Q1863A Ethernet 10 T 10 2 optional standard standard not available Input bins standard 2 4 3 4 3 4 2 2 maximum Standard RAM 16 MB internal 32 MB 32 MB 16 MB 250 sheet feeders 1 standard 1 standard 1 standard 1 standard Tray 2 Tray 3 1 optional 1 op
24. Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Using the printer cleaning page If toner specks appear on the front or back side of your print jobs use the following procedure to print a cleaning page On the printer control panel do the following 1 appears 2 Press ITEM until appears 3 Press SELECT to create the cleaning page 4 Follow the instructions on the cleaning page to complete the cleaning process In order for the cleaning page to work properly print the page on copier grade paper not bond or rough paper You might need to create and process a cleaning page more than once When toner has been cleaned from inside the printer shiny black spots appear on the page s black strip If white spots appear on the black strip create a cleaning page again To ensure good print quality with certain types of paper use the cleaning page every time the toner cartridge is replaced If the cleaning page is needed frequently try a different type of paper Cleaning spilled toner Defective toner cartridges can develop leaks Also after a paper jam has occurred some toner might remain on the rollers and guides inside the printer The pages that print immediately after the jam can pick up this toner Do not touch the transfer roller with the damp cloth or with your fingers Do not use a vacuum cleaner to clean spilled toner unless it is equipped with a microfine particle filter that is specifically designed for use w
25. 2 of 2 6 Slide the shaft to the right and then angle it out of the chassis Note Make sure that the Tray 1 lift plate with its spring is pressed down before you reinstall the Tray 1 shaft The shaft holds the Tray 1 lift plate and must be installed on top of it Also make sure that the shaft is reinstalled in the correct orientation Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 151 www GovTechMedia com Tray 2 shaft 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 the pickup gear assembly page 136 the paper handling PCA page 131 and the paper feed roller assembly page 144 2 Remove the small spring from the gear that is on the left side of the shaft see figure 65 on page 136 callout 1 3 Turn the Tray 2 shaft to align the solenoid arm callout 1 with the gap in the gear on the left side of the printer Press the release tabs callout 2 outward and slide the gear off of the shaft Remove the bushing on the right side of the shaft by lifting the release tab and sliding the bushing off of the shaft 6 Slide the shaft to the right then angle it out of the chassis Figure 85 Tray 2 shaft removal left side view of printer 152 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com To reinstall 1 Tip the printer back so that the front faces up 2 Insert the shaft into the fitting on the right side Then angle the shaft into the other side 3 Place the bushing
26. 35 4 See figure 171 See figure 175 Internal components 1 of 4 Figure 164 Q1860 90918 266 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia Table 67 Internal components 1 of 4 Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RF5 4119 000CN 1 Tray 1 separation pad 2 RG5 3520 060CN 1 Tray 1 paper guide plate assembly 3 RG5 3553 000CN 1 Sensor rear door 4 RG5 3554 000CN 1 Cable paper sensor PS307 5 RG5 3558 000CN 1 Cable paper sensor PS402 6 RB2 1985 000CN 1 Roller lower delivery 7 RB2 1988 020CN 1 Bushing right lower delivery roller 8 RB2 1989 000CN 1 Bushing left lower delivery roller 9 RS6 0357 000CN 1 Gear lower delivery shaft 11 RG5 7073 000CN 1 Cable display accessory power photo sensor 13 WS6 5092 000CN 1 Power connector 14 RB1 6141 000CN 1 Grounding plate 16 RB2 1734 000CN 1 Grounding plate 17 RB2 1735 000CN 1 Grounding plate 18 RG5 7074 000CN 1 Grounding cable 19 RB2 1781 000CN 1 Lever registration sensor 20 RB2 1782 000CN 1 Lever top of page sensor 21 RB2 1783 000CN 1 Spring registration sensor 22 RB2 1784 000CN 1 Spring top of page sensor 23 RB2 1990 000CN 1 Grounding plate 26 RB2 1825 000CN 1 Spring Tray 2 size sensor 27 XA9 0267 000CN 2 Screw M3x6 TP 29 RG5 7086 000CN 1 Cable ribbon paper handling PCA to dc controller 30 RH7 5345 000CN 1 Clutch registration 3
27. 500 sheet feeder pickup roller 2 0 tees 179 500 sheet feeder PCAS 0 2 0 0 ccc hh 180 500 sheet feeder power connector 0 0 cee ees 181 500 sheet feeder separation roller anaana naa 182 106 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com User installable accessories The user can purchase and install accessories that expand or enhance the printer s capabilities Memory upgrade CAUTION Static electricity can damage the dual inline memory modules DIMMs When you handle DIMMs take either of the following actions wear an antistatic wrist strap Or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM s antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the printer If you have not already done so print a configuration page to find out how much memory is installed in the printer before you add more memory 1 Turn the printer off Unplug the power cord and disconnect any cables Note If an optional duplexer is installed you will first need to remove the rear section and the cable tray see If an optional duplexer is installed on page 108 Loosen the two captive screws on the back of the printer Grasp the screws and pull the formatter board out of the printer Place the board on a flat nonconductive surface 4 Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package Hold the DIMM with your fingers against the side edges and your thumbs against the back edge 5 Align the notches on the
28. D dark printing 215 Data light on control panel 42 dc controller description of process 75 inputs and outputs 252 motor control 77 PCA 75 248 252 power problem 189 removing and replacing 146 dc controller assembly 262 DCHP setting 56 dealers locating 260 defaults control panel 44 EIO 56 factory 44 gateway 56 VO 55 paper handling 48 print quality 50 printer 53 printing 51 restoring to factory 58 63 defect ruler 223 defects in images troubleshooting 209 deleting jobs 46 See also removing delivery roller removing and replacing 162 density of toner setting 50 developing process 87 diagnostics features turning on and off 62 dimensions of printer HP LaserJet 5100 and 5100Le printers 21 HP LaserJet 5100 with accessories 23 HP LaserJet 5100tn and 5100dtn printers 22 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com DIMMs caution for handling 107 checking installation 109 designating fonts 52 embedded Web server 260 flash 79 options 16 part and product numbers 260 removing and replacing 107 supported 80 direct connection test 225 dirt on back of page 215 disk drive password 206 disk full 195 disk See hard disk distorted images 216 DLC LLC protocol stack turning on and off 56 documentation ordering 259 doors rear removing and replacing 113 toner cartridge removing and replacing 119 See also covers DOS See MS DOS dots on page 216 downloading drivers 37 draft mode 79 draft print quality setting 50 drive laser and
29. Go to clear the message If the message does not clear go to step 2 2 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 3 Check all cables 4 Reseat the external paper handling device An error occurred in the printer s nonvolatile memory NVRAM and one or more printer settings have been reset to the factory default 1 Print a configuration page see page 205 and check the printer settings to determine which values have changed 2 Hold down CANCEL JOB while turning the printer on This cleans up the NVRAM by removing old areas that are not being used 3 If the error persists replace the formatter The printer s nonvolatile memory NVRAM is full Some settings might have been reset to the factory defaults Print a configuration page see page 205 and check the printer settings to determine which values have changed Hold down CANCEL JOB while turning the printer on This cleans up the NVRAM by removing old areas that are not being used A temporary printing error occurred x description 0 the duplexer failed 1 the duplex side adjust failed 1 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 2 Reseat the duplexer 3 If the problem persists replace the duplexer The printer detected an error The numbers x error Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on Try printing a job from a different software application If the job prints go bac
30. PCAs removing and replacing 180 pickup roller solenoid 237 pickup roller removing and replacing 179 power connector removing and replacing 181 printing from 95 product number 260 removing and replacing 174 sensors 239 separation roller removing and replacing 182 setting how used 48 solenoids 249 switches 241 tray indicator assembly removing and replacing 176 See also trays Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 500 sheet tray feed separation rollers expected life 68 500 sheet tray pickup roller expected life 68 A A3 paper specifications 25 A4 paper cold paper reset 62 overriding with letter paper 48 setting wider margins 52 Specifications 25 A5 paper specifications 25 ac power problem 189 ac dc power distribution process 72 access denied to menus 193 accessories cleaning 66 comparison by model 18 dimensions 23 ordering 36 part exchange and product numbers 260 removing and replacing 107 accessory interface connector removing and replacing 158 acoustic specifications 24 adjustable casters order of removal 112 adjusting top margin after paper handling PCA replaced 132 advanced function features 64 agreements service 37 aligner racks order of removal 112 anti static brush order of removal 112 assemblies dc controller 262 formatter removing and replacing 139 laser scanner removing and replacing 164 listed alphabetically with part number 263 location 127 262 main gear 134 order of removal 112 ordering 36 2
31. Service approach si sso sasis koai aa aiaa tenets 36 Parts and supplies eere Re edt E A e dx 36 MAartanty use E e esca te Oak OES ee ded al a ain Gy E Oa Rn dd 36 Limited warranty for the print cartridge llle 36 Service and support 0 6 0 0 eee teeta 37 Worldwide service and support offices 2 2 llle 38 Q1860 90918 Chapter 2 Service approach 35 www GovTechMedia com Regulatory information For regulatory information and requirements FCC regulations and declaration of conformity please see the start guide For environmental product stewardship program information please see the use guide Service approach Repair of the printer normally begins with a three step process 1 Isolate the problem to the major system the host computer the network and or server or the printer 2 Determine whether the problem is located in the print engine or an accessory device 3 Troubleshoot the problem using the troubleshooting information in chapter 7 Once a faulty part is located repair is usually accomplished by assembly level replacement of field replaceable units FRUs Some mechanical assemblies can be repaired at the subassembly level Hewlett Packard does not support replacement of components on the printed circuit assemblies Parts and supplies Information about ordering Chapter 8 of this manual contains field replacement unit FRU and replacement part numbers Replacement parts can be ordered from
32. and then remove the roller from the shaft Figure 69 Tray 1 roller removal To reinstall Note If the Tray 1 separation pad should be replaced replace the separation pad before you replace the pickup roller see Tray 1 separation pad on page 141 1 2 Orient the roller so that the thumb grip callout 2 is on the left Insert the roller onto the shaft and then slide the roller to the right until it is seated 3 Slide the roller and cam to the left until they click into place Note Make sure that the locking tab is engaged by trying to move the roller to the right The roller will not move if the locking tab is engaged 140 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 70 Figure 71 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Tray 1 separation pad 1 Open Tray 1 and remove the Tray 1 roller see page 140 2 With one hand use a small flat blade screwdriver to pry the Tray 1 separation pad callout 1 from the holder 2 Tray 1 separation pad removal 1 of 2 view through slot in Tray 1 3 With the other hand inside the printer remove the separation pad callout 2 Tray 1 separation pad removal 2 of 2 To reinstall Make sure that the silver clip faces the front of the printer and firmly press the new separation pad into the holder until it clicks into place 6 Removing and replacing parts 141 Tray 2 pickup roller Note
33. it is also useful for checking and adjusting registration Note Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed in the printer before you perform an engine test The engine test prints either from Tray 2 the default or from the last tray used and can be activated with the formatter removed If the last tray that was used is empty or if the last source was the duplexer then the engine test will print from Tray 2 If Tray 2 is empty and the last tray that was used is empty or if the last page went through the duplexer or if the printer is in PowerSave mode then the engine test will not function Engine test button location Figure 122 Location of the engine test button callout 1 Printing an engine test To print an engine test use a nonmetallic object of 40 mm 1 5 inches minimum length to press the engine test button A single test page with horizontal lines prints To print multiple test pages hold down the engine test button Display The control panel should show f Ori 4 when the printer is on and idle For information about error messages see Printer messages on page 193 or see the event log If the display is blank see Preliminary operating checks on page 187 190 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Figure 123 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Event log Use the event log to diagnose and troubleshoot printer errors and intermittent failures You can either view the
34. o ex eR Rud esr de E aaa ee ded ede Bade ae heed 62 Testing the printer 4 esa edd wala niea Aaa a a RR ae ad AR ee a ee n a a 63 Resetting the printer 12s oe iem deem eR Ga ae REGE E D UR ede DERE Paes 63 edic v 63 Clearing NVRAM iss ae ae aia aasia ey hrs 63 Initializing the hard disk 0 0 eee eae 63 System configuration sanii an adea a in a aE E eaa aE a a e a a eee 64 MS DOS system configuration s saasaa aaea 64 Parallel MS DOS commandS n se anaua aaaea 64 Printer I O configuration s esasa uaaa 64 Parallel menu uei ree Rr ee E A TEA ed wea eat She N ard EE 64 4 Printer maintenance Cleaning the printer and accessories 0 ccc eee nee nas 66 Cleaning spilled toner 0 0 ccc m n 67 Preventive maintenance 0 cece ehh 68 Reset maintenance count llli 68 Expected life of components 0 e ae 68 Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 5 Functional information Printer subsystelrs 5 ctccewi fae bee ce P ER REEL EE Er e Ese E ee hoe Ru ERE d 71 Power supply system css iss llis hh rn 72 Ac dc power distribution ss sererai sineat s ORANE RR RH eth 72 Overcurrent overvoltage protection lllesillseeee eh 73 High voltage power distribution 0 0 0 ce tees 74 Toner cartridge detection 2 cette eee 75 Dc controller system as seeks ee Ga ed eS Gaede Eran baa E E bend 75 Laser and scanner drive 1 0 teas 76 Paper moti
35. see page 115 the left side cover page 123 the pickup gear assembly page 136 the main gear assembly page 134 and the transfer guide page 128 steps 1 and 2 2 Release the e ring callout 1 that is on the registration assembly clutch and remove the clutch Figure 92 Registration assembly removal 1 of 2 3 Remove two screws in the top middle of the printer see figure 76 on page 145 callout 1 Note These screws are already removed if you have removed the paper feed roller assembly They are common to both the paper feed roller assembly and the registration assembly Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 159 www GovTechMedia com 4 Remove the four self tapping screws callout 2 inside the chassis Note Lift up the small green handle of the registration assembly to gain access to two of these screws Figure 93 Registration assembly removal 2 of 2 5 Lift the registration assembly out of the chassis To reinstall When you reinstall the registration assembly be careful to align the flags in the base as you reinstall the assembly When you reinstall the clutch orient the flat spot in the shaft with the clutch When you slide the clutch on the shaft make sure that the metal alignment tab is seated on the printer frame Also make sure that the cable is situated away from the registration assembly 160 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Upper delivery assembly 1 Rem
36. 36 Parts and Supplies 0 es see Sede ee Pad ca eal C CE oo que RR ERE dea eei 36 WV ANALY oars eE EE EEE G EEE A A EE ENA RAS E IRA E LUTTE 36 Limited warranty for the print cartridge 1 2 0 eae 36 Service and support 20 0 err 37 Worldwide service and support offices 0 0 eee eee 38 Contents 3 4 www GovTechMedia com 3 Printer operation Using the control panel eee ERE ER e ren 42 Control panel layout 0 0c tenet eee 42 Control panel lights iui er de ad coe e ve ade dE Red e ads 42 Control panel keyS 1 2 hh 43 Settings and defaults 1 2 2 00 ttt 44 Control panel menus 1 2 0 0 6c nee 45 Private stored jobs MENU 2 2 eee eee 46 Information tenu ee ser ae EE REEN ee Wn ee TANS Xs de ee GS S AB E Ta 47 Paper handling menu 1 rm rn 48 Print quality MENU e hr 50 Printing Tent wae eked cate ake ia RUE LET ahd CES GU RT d EE Rd erede bee 51 Configuration menu are ede doe ok e alius a a AURORA eee AURA ADR Re Rc s RR D ee 53 l O menu u s ee edd aure Se ba ud adde mei du Kr asd eue ra educa vut eres 55 EIO menu HP LaserJet 5100tn and 5100dtn printers 00000 cee eee eee 56 Resets Menu PELA 58 i um 59 Siu cam EE 59 Setting the page count maintenance count and serial number 60 Cold reset paper size ear irani ia aA a Ae hrs 62 DIagrioStiCS s dur MER EEEE EEN E TEA EEEE ER NE E Re ee DEW ee A Ree E 62 Clear event log
37. 90918 Fale SL404 e J404 N 6 ET 10 Figure 175 Pickup gear assembly Table 78 Pickup gear assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG9 1524 000CN 1 Pickup gear assembly 6 XA9 0815 000CN 1 Screw tp M3x4 10 RH7 5235 000CN 1 Solenoid pickup SL404 Q1860 90918 8 Parts and diagrams 279 www GovTechMedia com Figure 176 PCA assembly locations Table 79 PCA assembly locations Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RG5 7058 000CN 1 Paper handling PCA 2 Q1860 69005 1 Dc controller 3 Q1860 69006 1 Power supply 100 120V 3 Q1860 69007 1 Power supply 220 240V 280 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 177 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com See figure 176 T Printer controller assembly Table 80 Printer controller assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description 6 RB2 1790 000CN 1 Sensor mount rear of controller pan 7 RB2 1791 000CN 1 Sensor lever 9 RH2 5337 000CN 1 Flat cable 8 Parts and diagrams 281 Figure 178 Fuser Table 81 Fuser PS1306 Item number Part number Quantity Description Q1860 69008 1 Fuser exchange 100 120V Q1860 69009 1 Fuser exchange 220 240V 282 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 179 Q1860 909
38. DIMM slots Connectivity HP LaserJet 5100 printer Bidirectional IEEE 1284 compliant parallel interface two open enhancement input output EIO slots standard HP Jetdirect internal print server optional 802 11 internal wireless connectivity card optional HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer Bidirectional IEEE 1284 compliant parallel interface one open EIO slot HP Jetdirect EIO print server for Fast Ethernet 10 100Base TX in second slot standard 802 11 Internal Wireless connectivity card optional HP LaserJet 5100Le printer Bidirectional IEEE 1284 compliant parallel interface Network Microsoft Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 Windows XP NetWare IBM OS 2 Warp LAN manager compatibility UNIX Appletalk Linux HP UX LocalTalk through HP Jetdirect EIO print servers Mass storage options gt 4 GB EIO hard disk Paper trays Tray 1 e Capacity 100 sheets e Sizes 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches to 312 by 470 mm 12 28 by 18 5 inches Tray 2 e Capacity 250 sheets e Sizes 149 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 2 inches to 279 by 432 mm 11 by 17 inches 250 sheet feeder optional for HP LaserJet 5100 printer HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer e Capacity 250 sheets e Sizes 149 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 2 inches to 279 by 432 mm 11 by 17 inches 500 sheet feeder optional for HP LaserJet 5100 printer standard for HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer e Cap
39. DIMM with the DIMM slot Make sure that the locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open or outward Press the DIMM straight into the slot press firmly Make sure the locks on each side of the DIMM snap inward into place To remove a DIMM the locks must be open Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 107 www GovTechMedia com 108 Removing and replacing parts www GovTechMedia com 6 Slide the formatter board back into the printer and tighten the two captive screws 7 If an optional duplexer is installed reattach the cable tray and the rear section of the duplexer Reattach any interface cables and the power cord Turn the printer on and test the DIMM see page 109 If an optional duplexer is installed 1 Slide the rear section of the duplexer away from the printer 2 Remove the rear section of the duplexer by lifting and rotating the rear section to clear all of the tabs from the grooves Unplug the power cord and disconnect any cables Remove the cable tray by lifting it out of position Go back to step 2 on page 107 Note Reverse these steps to reinstall the cable tray and the rear section of the duplexer Make sure that the cable tray is properly installed and the cables are routed through the left side Q1860 90918 Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Checking memory installation Follow this procedure to verify that the DIMMs are installed correctly 1 Check that the printer cont
40. Figure 182 Q1860 90918 286 Parts and diagrams Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 85 500 sheet feeder 2 of 2 ltem number Part number Quantity Description not shown RG5 7164 000CN 500 sheet replacement tray 1 1 RG5 7194 000CN 1 Paper pickup drive assembly 3 RB2 3314 000CN 1 Joint 4 RG5 7198 000CN 1 Upper contact cable 6 RB2 3232 000CN 1 Feed roller 7H RF5 4151 000CN 1 Tray sensor assembly 8 RF5 2634 000CN 1 Roller feed 500 sheet feeder 9 RF5 2635 000CN 1 Paper arm 10 RF5 2636 000CN 1 Pickup roller assembly 10B RB1 8865 000CN 1 D roller 11 RS5 2632 000CN 1 Spring tension 14 RB3 0431 000CN 1 Paper sensor flag 15 RB3 0443 000CN 1 Paper sensor flag link 16 RB3 0444 000CN 1 Paper sensor flag link holder 506 XB4 7301 207CN 2 M3x12 screw tapping truss head 8 Parts and diagrams 287 Figure 183 PCA assemblies 500 sheet feeder Table 86 500 sheet feeder Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RG5 7197 000CN 1 Feeder controller PCA 500 sheet feeder 2 RG5 4212 020CN 1 Paper size switch PCA 500 sheet feeder 288 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 184 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Duplexer Table 87 Duplexer Item number Part number Quantity Description Q1860 69010 1 Duplexer 8 Parts and
41. Q1860 69006 Figure 176 on page 280 Power supply 220 240V Q1860 69007 Figure 176 on page 280 Pickup gear assembly RG9 1524 000CN Figure 175 on page 279 Screw tp M3x4 XA9 0815 000CN Figure 175 on page 279 Solenoid pickup SL404 RH7 5235 000CN Figure 175 on page 279 Main gear assembly RG5 7079 000CN Figure 174 on page 278 290 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 88 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Figure and page Toner cartridge engagement arm RB2 1856 040CN Figure 174 on page 278 Screw TP M3x6 XA9 0267 000CN Figure 174 on page 278 Main motor RH7 1428 000CN Figure 174 on page 278 250 sheet universal tray RG5 7188 080CN Figure 173 on page 277 Plate length adjustment RB2 2023 000CN Figure 173 on page 277 Separation pad does not include spring RF5 4120 000CN Figure 173 on page 277 Spring separation pad RS5 2439 000CN Figure 173 on page 277 Registration roller assembly RG5 4916 000CN Figure 172 on page 276 Paper feed roller assembly RG5 7084 000CN Figure 171 on page 275 Lever registration sensor RB2 1807 000CN Figure 171 on page 275 Spring registration sensor RB2 1808 000CN Figure 171 on page 275 Paper feed belt assembly RG5 4914 000CN Fig
42. Remove the laser scanner assembly and check for dirt or other obstructions in the beam path Defective fuser Replace the fuser Dirty mirror in the laser scanner Replace the laser scanner Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 221 Table 53 White lines opposite to the paper path direction Possible cause Action Damage to the print drum Replace the toner cartridge Damage to fuser roller Run a cleaning page through the printer see page 67 If the problem persists replace the fuser Unstable laser beam or Replace the following in the order indicated beam control circuitry 1 Laser scanner assembly 2 Dc controller 3 Cables between the dc controller and the laser scanner 4 Formatter 222 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 126 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Repetitive defect ruler Repetitive print defects usually are associated with a specific roller within the printer or the toner cartridge Use figure 126 to isolate the cause of repetitive print defects Align the first occurrence of the defect with the top of the ruler at the top or bottom of the misprinted page and measure to the next occurrence of the defect to determine which roller is involved When you are certain that your defect pattern matches the pattern of the ruler replace the appropriate roller First occurrence of print defect gt
43. Reseat if necessary or replace the EIO board d Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 201 General paper path troubleshooting Jams occur in the printer when print media either does not reach or does not clear a photosensor message appears on the printer control panel The following table contains general questions you can ask and topics to explore before troubleshooting See the i for specific error codes xx section in the event log Problem Action What is the frequency of the Ask the customer Print or show the event log to determine the jam history paper jams for example See the display and event log sections of this chapter and evaluate the event continuous one jam per 100 log pages one jam per 1000 pages or some other interval Do jams only occur when Use the paper path test to isolate the problem See the next section for the media is fed from a details page 203 particular paper input source Do jams only occur when Use the paper path test to isolate the problem paper is output to a specific output bin Do jams occur with a Try known good media Make sure that media meets HP s specifications specific type of media Where does the leading Attempt to duplicate the problem Use the paper path test to isolate the edge of the first sheet stop problem Inspect the paper path and all of the paper path mechanical in the paper path when a assemblies that are located in advance of where the leading edge
44. Sheets MSDSs 33 measurement setting units for custom paper 51 memory changed settings 195 checking installation 109 clearing all data 63 displayed on configuration page 206 effect of EconoMode 79 full 194 increasing with Memory Enhancement technology MEt 80 insufficient 196 NVRAM problem 200 options 16 printer 80 read only ROM 80 resetting 58 shortage 195 upgrading 107 Memory Enhancement technology MEt 80 Menu key on control panel 43 menu map See control panel menu map menus control panel See control panel menus locked message 193 Parallel 64 service 59 messages clearing 43 event log 191 printer 80 193 setting time displayed 54 turning off for maintenance 54 MEt Memory Enhancement technology 80 Microsoft Windows See Windows operating systems model number for printer location 19 models of printer comparisons 18 descriptions 17 motors 250 sheet feeder 229 230 500 sheet feeder 231 232 complete list 243 description of process 77 duplexer 233 243 fan 77 243 main description 77 243 main removing and replacing 165 paper feeder pickup 243 paper path 228 refeed 243 reversing 243 scanner 77 side registration guide drive 243 MS DOS configuring Autoexec bat file for parallel communication 64 configuring environment for printer communication 64 MSDSs Material Safety Data Sheets 33 Q1860 90918 N NetWare See Novel NetWare operating systems networks compati
45. TYPE CONFIGURE CUSTOM APPEND CR TO LF PCL FONT LIST PLAIN EGONOMODEPORE PAPER NO NO PRINT TRAY 2 TYPE ORIENTATION PRINT PS ERRORS PS FONT LIST PLAIN TONER DENSITY G PORTRAIT OFF INT TRAY 3 TYPE CREATE 3 FILE DIRECTORY PLAIN CLEANING PAGE FORM 60 LINES PRINT PCL FONT SOURCE EVENT LOG MANUAL FEED OFF INTERNAL SHOW OVERRIDE PCL FONT NUMBER EVENT LOG AAILETTER NO o PRINT CONFIGURE FUSER PCL FONT PITCH PAPER PATH TEST MODE MENU NO ieee PCL SYMBOL SET PC 8 CONFIGURATION EIO 1 Menu Continued MENU HOSA JETDIRECT MENU RESETS MENU POWERSAVE TIME QUICK COPY s x S POWER kr VO TIMEOUT 15 CFG NETWORK NO POWERSAVE ON PERSONALITY HELD JOB A PERSI MGE EE VO BUFFER AUTO RESET MEMORY RESOURCE SAVE PARALLEL HIGH RESTORE FACTORY OFF SPEED YES SETTINGS CLEARABLE PARALLEL ADV RESET ACTIVE I O WARNINGS JOB FUNCTIONS ON CHANNEL AUTO CONTINUE RESET ALL I O ON CHANNELS TONER LOW CONTINUE JAM RECOVERY AUTO SMALL PAPER SPEED NORMAL NEW TONER CARTRIDGE NO Figure 124 Menu map 204 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Configuration page Use the configuration page to view the current printer settings to help troubleshoot printer problems or to verify correct installation and functionality of optional accessories such as memory DIMMs paper trays and printer languages Note If an HP Jetdirect print server EIO card is installed a Jetdirect configuration page is also printed To print a configuration
46. Tray 2 separation pad removing and replacing 143 tray indicator assembly 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 176 trays Capacities 25 comparison by model 18 features 16 information on configuration page 206 paper specifications 25 setting how used 48 See also 250 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder Tray 1 Tray 2 troubleshooting flowchart 185 preliminary operating checks for printing system 187 process 184 using configuration page 205 using control panel menu map 204 using drum rotation functional check 224 using engine test 190 using event log 191 using half self test functional check 224 using HP Jetdirect configuration page 225 using information pages 204 using paper path test 203 using PC direct connect parallel test 225 using printer messages 193 See also testing Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com troubleshooting problem areas display 190 fan 188 feeding 27 image defects 209 image quality 207 image system 224 interfaces 225 jams 202 paper 27 paper path 202 power 188 printing system 187 toner cartridge 207 turning on and off 10 100Base TX menu 57 backlight on control panel 53 bidirectional parallel communication 55 diagnostics features 62 DLS LLC protocol stack 56 duplexing 48 EconoMode 50 EtherTalk protocol stack 56 fuser mode 48 IPX SPX menu 56 JetDirect menu 56 manual feed 48 Novell NetWare IPX SPX protocol stack 56 PowerSave mode 53 58 TCP IP menu 56 TCP IP protocol stack 56 two way communication Se
47. Value once to change the setting by increments of 1 or hold down Value to scroll by increments of 10 Note It is best to set the number of copies from the printer driver or software application Driver and software settings override control panel settings FH LETTER For supported paper 110 V printers sizes or see page 25 220 V printers and 110 V printers 220 V printers Set the default image size for paper and envelopes The item name will change from paper to envelope as you scroll through the available sizes Note It is best to set the number of copies from the printer driver or software application Driver and software settings override control panel settings The custom paper menu items are not accessible The custom paper menu items appear see the next three items 110 V printers or 220 V printers This item appears only when i f Select the unit of measurement for ihe custom paper size a 10 V printers 110 V printers or or 220 V printers 220 V printers This item appears only when i Select the dimension of the leading edge to be fed into the printer short edge 110 V printers 110 V printers or or 220 V printers 220 V printers This item appears only when i f 5 Select the other dimension long edge Determine the default orientation of print on the page Note It is
48. ald DEG Ue Rd repr RE DR x 93 Printing from the optional 500 sheet and 250 sheet Trays 0 aaua nanana 95 aed EE 97 Duplexer os isis SR Regu dts poeta dee hidetaedeadeee deel eain dr e nd 98 Paper jam in the duplexer 0 0 cece RI I 100 Basic sequence of operation 00 cee te hne 101 5 6 www GovTechMedia com 6 Removing and replacing parts User installable accessorieS 1 0 illii ee eae 107 Checking memory installation 0 00 cece tee 109 Installing EIO cards or mass storage devices llli 110 Paper handling accessories 1 0 tee eae 110 Before you begi rssi NE eee weal eee th dine ete Ska ela ee Ba a eee dea eee 111 Replacing printer parts 2 nn tee eae 111 Removing loose toner 0 ccc eee teens 111 Required tools ee Ma Wee See ee Das ee ele Wa Oe Wale RU de ee Se sea 111 Parts removal order 2 00 cee eee eee eee 112 o lj es inne ek aki ad ine ie len ead a heals Re a de wa Ge eae eh a hk ae ao 113 Rear door and rear output DIN eee eae 113 FUSER sp ieee ein Wnt aide dias eae Re a eee Pag a a ee ee ee oe es 114 TOD OOVOl uude aee Ea E e aes Me Mane aed dedi RE wea Meh etd ee 115 Control panel overlay and control panel 00 0c cece eee eee 117 Toner cartridge door assembly 0 cece teens 119 Frontcoverand Tray tein en Gas ceed Wee de x Wedel Kia ew ee we ae Wace RR d 120 Froni COVER PINS EE 121 Face dOWN COVE ween Meco hee e RR d
49. an image to be formed on the drum surface and then transferred to paper The drum is an aluminum cylinder The outside of the cylinder is coated with a layer of organic photoconductive material OPC which is non toxic The OPC material has properties similar to a photo resistor It becomes electrically conductive when exposed to light and he negative charges deposited on the drum are conducted to the ground potential of the drum base Areas not exposed to light remain non conductive and maintain their negative charge The aluminum base of the photosensitive drum is electrically connected to ground potential Photosensitive Layer Aluminum Base Figure 16 Photosensitive Drum Cleaning the drum In the transfer stage not all the toner is transferred to the paper but some remains on the photosensitive drum In this stage the residual toner is cleaned so that the next print image will be clear and distinct Cleaning blade Cleaner container ee er stri Figure 17 Cleaning the drum The residual toner on the drum surface is scraped away with the cleaning blade to clean the drum surface in preparation for the next print The removed toner is collected into the cleaner container 84 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Conditioning the drum After the drum is cleaned it must be conditioned This process consists of applying a uniform negative charge on the surface of the drum with the primary charg
50. assembly removal lesen 176 Installing the left front corner cover illsileeee IA 177 500 sheet feeder feed roller removal lllelleeeeeesn 178 500 sheet feeder pickup roller removal 1 of 2 lees 179 500 sheet feeder pickup roller removal 2 of 2 lille 179 Gear assembly 500 sheet feeder PCA and paper size switch PCA removal 180 Power connector removal lisse 181 Separation roller removal slsssesese e 182 Location of the engine test button callout 1 llle 190 Eventlog page vnierknewi swe xk i deen UE VEI dae eluents LEE RE ERR 191 NER BASE arate ence aetema dem uu o bx up dn Edith stet Pd Ave 204 Configuration page eost Hera woe ERN NER a eed RR REOR Rd s 205 Repetitive defect ruler liiis ne 223 Jetdirect configuration page e iercriereres nederen an E aa eede 226 Paper path sensors and switches llli 227 Paper path clutches solenoids and motors llli 228 250 sheet paper feeder SN po E nne 229 250 sheet paper feeder i eresiaren Er cee eee eee 230 500 sheet paper feeder 2 eee es 231 500 sheet paper feeder 2 00 eee 232 D plexer sz cette st Rex tase EE Pa e a ees VR land xA ohne 233 Duplexer 2 set pier pDUuTE6IURESMMDETEPEBUPEV ER BS baa UEM bees st 234 Duplexer aei ie SA pan Mn aie 4 Seca edhe dad eee etn vd pedum qu ds 235 Paper path and components anaana a
51. com Control panel overlay and control panel 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 2 The control panel overlay is held in place on the top cover by two tabs on each side Slide a small flat blade screwdriver along the outside edge of the control panel overlay to disengage the two tabs on the outside of the cover 3 Lift the overlay off of the control panel Figure 43 Conirol panel overlay removal Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 117 www GovTechMedia com 4 Remove the single self tapping screw callout 1 that holds the control panel to the underside of the top cover i Figure 44 Control panel removal 5 Lift up gently on the metal plate to free the control panel 6 Grasp the control panel by its metal frame and remove it from the underside of the top cover 118 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Toner cartridge door assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 2 Remove the control panel from the top cover see page 117 Note The control panel must be removed before you can separate the toner cartridge door from the top cover 3 Disengage the pins callout 1 by pressing them outward Figure 45 Toner cartridge door assembly removal underside of the top cover door Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 119 www GovTechMedia com Front cover and Tray 1 Note The front cover and the Tray 1 guide must be removed individually 1 Open the front co
52. condensation Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 187 Power on It is important to have the printer control panel functional as soon as possible in the troubleshooting process so that the printer s diagnostics can assist in locating printing errors Table 29 Power on defect or blank display Problem Action Is the power cord plugged Verify that power is available See table 30 on page 189 and table 31 on page into the wall and the 189 printer Is ac and dc power available Is the power switch set to Set the switch to the on position You should hear the switch toggle If the front on right side cover has been removed recently make sure that the rod that leads to the power supply moves as the rocker switch is toggled Does the fan turn on Note fan operation is significant because the dc controller controls the fan An briefly when you turnon operational fan indicates the following conditions the printer 1 Ac power is present in the printer 2 Dc power supply is functional 24 Vdc 5 Vdc and 3 4 Vdc are being generated If the fan is not working 1 Turn off the printer and remove the formatter Disconnect all of the paper handling options 2 Turn on the printer and check the fan again If the fan is still not working perform the following steps 1 Verify that the fan is connected to the power supply 2 Replace the fan 3 Replace the power supply 4 Replace the dc controller If the fan is working but th
53. control panel settings 78 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com EconoMode The EconoMode setting uses up to 50 percent less toner than standard mode printing by reducing the dot density However EconoMode does not extend toner cartridge component life EconoMode which can be thought of as draft mode can be selected at the control panel from the print quality menu and through some software applications and printer drivers The default setting is off Note EconoMode does not affect print soeed or memory usage nor does it extend the toner cartridge s life Input output Parallel interface The formatter PCA receives incoming data through its bidirectional interface IEEE 1284 The I O provides high speed and two way communication between the printer and the host allowing the user to change printer settings and monitor printer status from the host computer The user can configure the item in the control panel menu Using the default setting the I O can run at the higher speeds supported by most newer computers When it is set to the parallel interface runs at the slower mode that is compatible for older computers The user can also configure the 5 item The default setting zi accommodates two way parallel communications The amp FF mode disables the advanced functionality The I O is compatible with the bidirectional parallel interface standard Expanded I O Optional expanded I
54. feeder Figure 179 on page 283 RB1 7501 020CN Lever paper sensor Figure 179 on page 283 RB1 7503 000CN Spring tray size detect Figure 179 on page 283 RB1 8865 000CN D roller Figure 182 on page 286 RB2 1731 000CN Switch rod Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1732 000CN Door switch Figure 166 on page 270 RB2 1734 000CN Grounding plate Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1735 000CN Grounding plate Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1736 000CN Grounding plate Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1739 000CN Door switch spring Figure 166 on page 270 RB2 1744 000CN On off switch Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1745 000CN Pin front cover Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1747 000CN Cover face down auxiliary Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1748 000CN Cover top Figure 163 on page 265 RB2 1749 000CN Cover right side Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1755 000CN Cover right corner Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1756 000CN Cover left corner Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1758 000CN Cover control panel LED Figure 163 on page 265 RB2 1759 000CN Control panel leaf spring Figure 163 on page 265 RB2 1774 000CN Cartridge guide left Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1775 000CN Cartridge guide right Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1780 000CN Paper guide Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1781 000CN Lever registrat
55. i I I I I Dc controller I O 1 of 4 252 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Variable resistor for leading edge registration adjustment of voltage output Q1860 90918 Rear output bin open sensor Top output bin paper full sensor Tray 2 pickup solenoid Tray 1 pickup solenoid Registration roller clutch Feed roller clutch Figure 156 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com PS303 J1701 3 J303 B8 1 B10 2 B9 J18 3 J307 1 1 3 2 2 Dc controller L when the rear output bin is open Ss L to turn the sensor ON s 24V J306 1 S1306 2 ICSTFD Paper handling PCA are ake J401 Jaoo 4V J404 11 A8 A3 SL404 2 B7 B41 pep i I I J405 1 1 CL405 2 i A2__ A9 RGDRV i I I J406 1 I I CL406 21 i i B9 B2 I I I I I l I I I Tray 2 paper sensor Dc controller I O 2 of 4 H when the top output bin becomes full L to turn the sensor ON L to start Tray 2 pickup H to start Tray 1 pick up Registration roller rotates when H H to rotate feed roller PS301 YLJK L when sensor detects paper Paper width sensor PS302 LI L when sensor detects paper Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 253 Figure 157 254 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Power supply
56. injury Avoid contact with the edges Also you might want to remove jewelry that might snag on parts inside the printer Replacing printer parts Replacement is generally the reverse of removal Occasionally information is included that provides direction for difficult or critical replacement procedures All references to the right and left are assumed to be relative to the front of the printer as you face the front of the printer unless otherwise specified The printer contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Always service printers at ESD protected workstations To install a self tapping screw first turn it counterclockwise until it clicks indicating that the threads are seated Then turn it clockwise to tighten it Do not over tighten the screw If a self tapping screw hole becomes stripped then repair of the screw hole or replacement of the affected assembly is required Removing loose toner Loose toner might be present inside the printer on printer parts or on the toner cartridge If toner gets on your clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Required tools e A Phillips 2 magnetized screwdriver with a 6 inch shaft e A small flat blade screwdriver A small needle nosed pliers All screws used in field replaceable printer components are Phillips head screws that require a 2 size Phillips screwdriver Using a Pozi Dr
57. installed Verify the installed options Under Installed Personalities and Options on the configuration page look for options such as the hard disk or DIMM types and sizes Verify that the options that are installed in your printer are listed on the configuration page If an installed device is not shown reseat the device and print a new configuration page 206 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Image quality When you are working with customers obtain a print sample before you begin troubleshooting their printer Ask the customer to explain the quality expected from the printer The print sample will also help clarify the image quality issue Image quality checks Action Does the problem repeat on Use the repetitive defect ruler on page 223 the page Is the toner cartridge full Use the checklist below to check the toner cartridge and is it manufactured by HP Is the customer using print For more information about HP s paper specification standards see media that meets all HP chapter 1 paper specification standards Is the print sample similar to Compare the sample to the print quality tables and perform the those in the print quality corresponding procedures that are recommended tables that begin on page 210 Is the problem with the toner Perform the half self test functional check see page 224 to determine the cartridge drum the transfer location of the defect rolle
58. nce See n m Rte Dn CORR ea eae ane 122 Left and right side covers 0 0 ccc eet 123 Tray TT InBer COVEN us ze Ere eee Ma eee eee Rol ede eink Ebay Sha 124 Right and left corner covers 1 0 ce NMN ERR ae 126 Internal assemblies 00 00 ce RR hen 127 Transfer roller assembly 000 cee eee hne 128 Paper handling PCA 0 00 cece hh 131 Main gear assembly eee terea E eed eb te reos up ease al Rh ud 134 Pickup gear assembly llsselseeeseeeee eae 136 Tray 1 pick p solenold serres etd eet genes e x pese Pe Ep ER eee LE a 137 asd arp ales me seme Y ISI IE cee DI LM tuU eL II i 138 Formater assembly sareren iriden euer Re rece eb Roy Rade mex cw E ed e i ea 139 NUAGE 140 Tray 1 separation pad i sme metrum pd pe pa edes Pe ede E ERR 141 Tray 2 pickup roller ies e Ra tet s hee Bho x meu Sed A DU RR Ge D S i 142 Tray 2 separation pad serors erid SE a eee 143 Paper feed roller assembly llllelleleeeeleee e 144 Dc controller and power supply lsssssseeeeee I 146 Paper feed belt assembly 0 0 0 ce e 148 Tray tehal 22e me een end s mesure a mde cad er dirus Bats 150 Tray 2 Shalt rare 020 leeds hess kad te here adoed A doh idee dade AE a 152 Tray 1 lif plate iro deve RR RR Rh RUE WERE ERG Wack eek Wee RS ee 154 Paper GUIJO s e osan cepe RP E DAE REA RE RE XUL RE ee eR Ea Ne ES 155 Top of page sensores idum e EEERCeE E oe Ga toa ci bet Peed ede a tee d ER 156 Face down bin fu
59. not sending incorrect page length requests or extra page eject commands Network configuration Some sharing devices on networks might generate a blank page as a separator Check with the network administrator Multiple feeds The printer might be feeding two or more pages at once intermittent Remove the paper from the tray and flex the stack of paper in one direction and then the other to separate the pages Do not fan the paper before loading it into the trays Sealing tape was left in the toner cartridge Remove the sealing tape Empty or defective toner cartridge 1 If you are unsure weigh the cartridge Full weight 1880 grams 66 3 oz Empty weight 1450 grams 51 1 oz Note Some toner might reside in the waste toner cavity which affect the weight of the cartridge 2 Perform the half self test function check see page 224 or try a toner cartridge that you know is full and functional Replace the toner cartridge if necessary Laser scanner door does not open correctly no image on print drum 1 Remove and reseat the toner cartridge 2 Check the laser scanner shutter door for proper operation If it is defective replace the laser scanner assembly No transfer roller voltage Without transfer roller voltage toner does not transfer correctly from the surface of the drum to the paper Perform the half self test functional check to check all other electrophotographic proces
60. on page 190 76 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia c om Figure 13 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Motors See the timing diagram on page 102 for specific timing details for the printer motors The dc controller board regulates the main motor M1 The main motor drives the main gear assembly and rotates during the initial rotation period following power on the print period the last rotation period and whenever the printer s top cover is opened and closed Dc controller CPU 24VA Main motor J304 A7 J601 5 1C301 J304 A8 J601 4 M1 44 SV gt J304 A6 MRDY J601 6 om J304 A5 HALF _J601 7 45 H 5V M T i sg J304 A9_ MTRON j601 3 i 47 x Hr J304 A10 J601 2 gt p 904 011 J601 1 Main motor control The main motor is a dc brushless motor with hall elements and is unified with the motor drive circuit The CPU sets the main motor drive signal MON to L and rotates the main motor When printing at 1200 dpi the CPU sets the main motor rotation switching signal HALF to L and decreases the rotation speed of the main motor to half The dc controller board regulates the scanner motor It rotates the scanner mirror during the initial rotation period and the print period The fan motor is a two phase four pole dc brushless motor that contains a hall element and forms a unit al
61. on page 264 RG5 3553 000CN Sensor rear door Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 3554 000CN Cable paper sensor PS307 Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 3556 040CN Toner cartridge door assembly Figure 163 on page 265 RG5 3558 000CN Cable paper sensor PS402 Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 3561 000CN Cable fuser ac Figure 167 on page 271 RG5 3575 000CN Cable control panel Figure 163 on page 265 RG5 3644 000CN Pickup roller assembly Figure 179 on page 283 RG5 4212 020CN Paper size switch PCA 500 sheet feeder Figure 183 on page 288 RG5 4914 000CN Paper feed belt assembly Figure 170 on page 274 RG5 4916 000CN Registration roller assembly Figure 172 on page 276 RG5 4916 000CN Registration roller assembly Figure 166 on page 270 RG5 5438 030CN Control panel assembly Figure 163 on page 265 RG5 7058 000CN Paper handling PCA Figure 176 on page 280 RG5 7072 000CN Cable scanner Figure 167 on page 271 RG5 7073 000CN Cable display accessory power photo sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 7074 000CN Grounding cable Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 7079 000CN Main gear assembly Figure 174 on page 278 RG5 7084 000CN Paper feed roller assembly Figure 171 on page 275 RG5 7086 000CN Cable ribbon paper handling PCA to dc controller Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 7164 000CN 500 shee
62. on page 272 RB2 1985 000CN Roller lower delivery Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1988 020CN Bushing right lower delivery roller Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1989 000CN Bushing left lower delivery roller Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1990 000CN Grounding plate Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1997 000CN Roller holder top delivery Figure 166 on page 270 RB2 1998 000CN Roller 2 face down guide Figure 166 on page 270 RB2 2023 000CN Plate length adjustment Figure 173 on page 277 RB2 2076 000CN Roller spring lower back delivery Figure 166 on page 270 RB2 3232 000CN Feed roller Figure 182 on page 286 RB2 3314 000CN Joint Figure 182 on page 286 RB3 0352 000CN Grounding plate fan housing Figure 165 on page 268 RB3 0431 000CN Paper sensor flag Figure 182 on page 286 RB3 0441 000CN Tray cover rear of 500 sheet feeder Figure 181 on page 285 RB3 0443 000CN Paper sensor flag link Figure 182 on page 286 RB3 0444 000CN Paper sensor flag link holder Figure 182 on page 286 RF5 2397 000CN Tray 2 rail left Figure 165 on page 268 RF5 2398 000CN Tray 2 rail right Figure 165 on page 268 RF5 2421 000CN Shutter lever Figure 165 on page 268 RF5 2634 000CN Roller feed 500 sheet feeder Figure 182 on page 286 RF5 2635 000CN Paper arm Figure 182 on page 286 RF5 2636 00
63. period of time the microprocessor CPU on the dc controller PCA notifies the formatter of a paper jam Chapter 5 Functional information 91 Clutches and sensors See Reference diagrams starting on page 227 for locations of switches sensors and clutches Printing from Tray 1 The presence of paper in Tray 1 is detected by the Tray 1 paper sensor PS401 When the formatter PCA sends the PRNT print signal to the printer the CPU turns the Tray 1 pickup solenoid SL404 on within the specified period of time after the main motor M1 and the scanner motor start and the printer is ready to print This turns the cam on and lifts the middle plate where the paper is loaded The paper touches the Tray 1 feed roller The Tray 1 feed roller rotates a full circle to feed one sheet of paper Extra sheets are removed with the separation pad and only one sheet is fed into the printer as the Tray 1 feed roller rotates The paper passes through the registration roller paper sensor PS403 and stops at the registration roller that is not turning momentarily stopping the leading edge of the paper and correcting its skew The CPU turns the registration roller clutch CL405 on within a specified loop forming time and feeds the paper through the transfer area the feed belt the fuser and the delivery unit and outputs it to the top output bin Lifting plate cam Multi purpose tray pick up roller we Separation pad N OX N CD Cl
64. provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions it may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment to an outlet on a different circuit from that to which the receiver is connected Consult your dealer or an experienced radio and television technician Note Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules 32 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Laser statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP LaserJet 5000 5000 N 5000 GN laserkirjoitin on kayttajan kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserl
65. reference Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 209 Table 34 Black lines in paper path direction Possible cause Action Toner cartridge not seated Remove the toner cartridge and reinsert it correctly Perform the half self test functional check see page 224 If the defect develops on the print drum replace the toner cartridge Defective toner cartridge Clean the fuser using the cleaning page procedure on page 67 Several pages might be required if the fuser is very dirty If the problem persists replace the fuser Worn or dirty fuser rollers Clean the teeth by using a small brush or compressed air Replace the assembly if it is damaged Static eliminator teeth just beyond the transfer roller are contaminated or defective Make sure that all covers are in place Move the printer away from any outside windows Light is leaking into the printer Table 35 Black lines opposite paper path direction Possible cause Action AaB AaB AaB AaB AaB 00000 Repetitive defect If the lines See Repetitive defect ruler on page 223 and replace the offending are repeated at a consistent components interval down the page this is a repetitive defect Replace the following in the order indicated 1 Laser scanner assembly 2 Dc controller 3 Cables between the dc controller and the laser scanner 4 Formatter Sharp random lines indicate a problem with th
66. regular 41 3 errors see 41 7 on page 197 For regular 41 5 errors media feed error 1 Check for correct operation of PS402 top of page sensor and PS403 registration sensor flags 2 Paper might be arriving too soon at the registration sensor PS403 Check for correct operation of the feed roller clutch CL406 and replace it if necessary 3 Replace the dc controller if necessary The paper size of the media on which you are trying to print is not the same as the settings for the tray Make sure that all trays are correctly adjusted for size The size that appears on the front of the paper tray must match the size of media loaded in the tray The printer will continue trying to print the job until the size settings are correct If you are trying to print from Tray 1 make sure that the printer control panel setting for paper size is correctly configured see page 48 After performing the actions above press Go The page that contains the error will automatically be reprinted Or you might want to press CANCEL JOB to clear the job from the printer s memory If the problem persists 1 Make sure that only a single piece of media is fed into the printer If not make sure that the tray settings are correct that the media is loaded correctly and that high quality media is being used 2 If PS302 is defective then the printer will post a 41 3 error to report narrower paper than expected Replace PS302
67. small flat blade screwdriver to press the locking tab callout 1 Figure 104 Optional 250 sheet feeder sensing flag removal 1 of 2 3 From the other side of the base plate use your other hand to slide the paper sensing arm assembly to the right 4 Lift the paper sensing flag callout 2 from the assembly Figure 105 Optional 250 sheet feeder sensing flag removal 2 of 2 170 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Control PCA 1 Place the optional 250 sheet feeder face up on a work surface and remove the 250 sheet tray Press the two tabs callout 1 on the right side top cover and lift off the cover Press the two tabs callout 2 on the left side top cover and lift off the cover Remove two screws callout 3 from the front top cover and lift off the cover Figure 106 Optional 250 sheet feeder control PCA removal 1 of 3 5 Turn the feeder upside down 6 Remove the four screws callout 4 that secure the frame to the sheet metal and then lift the frame off of the feeder assembly Figure 107 Optional 250 sheet feeder control PCA removal 2 of 3 Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 171 www GovTechMedia com Turn the feeder assembly over so that it is face up on the work surface Remove all cables attached to the feeder control PCA Remove the two screws callout 5 that secure the PCA to the frame and lift the PCA off of the frame Figure 108 Optional 250 shee
68. the direction in figure 61 if the VR401 see figure 62 is turned clockwise and in the direction if the VR401 is turned counterclockwise Turning the VR401 one scale shifts the pattern approximately 0 8 mm For example if the average value calculated in step 2 is 2 8 mm then the difference is 0 8 mm turn the VR401 clockwise for one scale 4 Make several test prints again and perform step 2 Make sure that the top margin is 2 0 mm If the value is not 2 0 mm then repeat these steps as necessary Leading edge of paper t n Figure 61 Adjusting the top margin 132 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com CCW VR401 CW Test print J404 3405 3402 J403 E _ 406 J401 C Figure 62 Location of VR401 on the paper handling PCA Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 133 www GovTechMedia com Main gear assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the left cover page 123 The main motor is located on a PCA that is on the back of the main gear assembly 2 Disconnect the main motor cable callout 1 3 Remove five self tapping screws callout 2 and the grounding screw callout 3 that hold the gear assembly to the chassis Figure 63 Main gear assembly removal 1 of 2 left side 134 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 4 Rotate the bottom of the assembly out and then lower
69. the HP LaserJet 5100Le printer For the initial installation of accessories see the documentation that comes with each accessory Place the duplexer on top of any optional trays and then place the printer on top of the duplexer Installation configurations are shown in figure 36 Printer Duplexer Duplexer Optional 250 gt sheet feeder SS NA i Optional 250 sheet feeder or optional 500 sheet feeder Optional 250 sheet feeder or optional 500 sheet feeder Figure 36 Paper handling accessories configurations 110 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Before you begin WARNING WARNING CAUTION Note CAUTION CAUTION Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Before you begin to service the printer complete the following steps 1 Turn off the printer 2 Unplug the power cord from the power outlet Severe injury can result if you attempt to service the printer while it is plugged into a power outlet 3 Remove all paper handling accessories such as an optional duplexer and any optional trays and interface cables from the printer 4 Remove the toner cartridge and store it in a dark location The toner cartridge should not be exposed to light for more than a few minutes To avoid possible burns from the fuser turn off the printer to allow the fuser to cool for 30 minutes before removing it from the printer This printer has some sharp sheet metal edges that can cause
70. the front of the paper tray must match the size of the print media loaded in the tray The tray type settings and the size for Tray 1 must be set at the printer control panel see page 48 If you are trying to print A4 or letter sized paper and this message appears make sure that the default paper size is set correctly from printers control panel printing menu Press Go to print from the next available tray Press VALUE to scroll through the available types and sizes Press SELECT to accept an alternative type or size Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 195 Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action A job cannot be stored on the printer because of memory limitations or the file system configuration If the requested paper size or type is not available the printer asks if it should use another paper size or type instead Press VALUE to scroll through the available types and sizes Press SELECT to accept an alternative type or size r The RAM disk setting has been changed at the printer control panel This change will not take effect until the printer reinitializes A printer error has occurred that can be cleared by pressing GO in the printer control panel The event log message for a paper delay jam at the paper feed area is 13 1 The event log message for a paper stopped jam at the paper feed area is 13 2 1 Make sure that paper trays are loaded correctl
71. the top cover and remove the toner cartridge CAUTION To prevent damage to the toner cartridge do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes 1 Release the toner cartridge engagement arm from the inside of the top cover The shaft of the engagement arm fits through a molded plastic ring on the left side of the top cover Gently squeeze the locking tabs on the end of the shaft and slide the shaft through the ring Figure 40 Top cover removal 1 of 3 CAUTION It is critical that you perform step 1 before you attempt to remove the top cover If you damage the arm the printer will not operate Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 115 www GovTechMedia com 2 Remove two self tapping screws on the top of the chassis callout 1 3 Remove the two self tapping screws on the top portion of the back of the printer callout 2 Note The rear cover needs to be opened or removed before you can gain access to the screws Figure 41 Top cover removal 2 of 3 4 The cable that connects the control panel to the printer chassis is on the left side of the top cover Tilt the cover to the left as you lift it Be careful not to stress the cable as you loosen the cover 5 Disconnect the control panel cable from the printer chassis by grasping the wires and gently pulling the connector straight up Figure 42 Top cover removal 3 of 3 6 Remove the top cover 116 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia
72. the top margin after you replace the dc controller see page 132 146 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 8 Remove the two screws callout 4 that are located at the front of the dc controller assembly and inside the chassis These are long screws their position requires the use of a magnetized screwdriver Dc controller assembly removal 2 of 3 long screws 9 Slide the dc controller assembly out of the rear of the chassis The power supply PCA callout 5 and the dc controller callout 6 are linked by a ribbon cable callout 7 and held on the tray by four screws each 10 Carefully remove the ribbon cable and loosen the screws on the board you want to remove Dc controller assembly removal 3 of 3 To prevent damage to the high voltage contacts the paper feed belt assembly needs to be installed before the dc controller is reinstalled 6 Removing and replacing parts 147 Paper feed belt assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 the transfer roller assembly page 128 the fuser page 114 the main gear assembly page 134 and the dc controller page 146 2 Facing the front of the printer remove two machine screws callout 1 one on each side of the belt assembly Figure 81 Paper feed belt assembly removal 1 of 2 148 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 3 Raise
73. the warning and caution below WARNING Before you begin these steps turn the printer off and unplug all power cords to avoid shock hazard Be careful when cleaning around the fusing assembly area It might be hot CAUTION To avoid permanent damage to the toner cartridge do not use ammonia based cleaners on or near the printer Do not touch the transfer roller Skin oils on the roller can reduce print quality To clean toner from clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash your clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Figure 8 Location of the transfer roller do not touch Table 25 Cleaning printer components Component Cleaning method notes Outside covers Use a water dampened cloth Do not use solvents or ammonia based cleaners Inside general With a dry lint free cloth wipe any dust spilled toner and paper particles from the paper path area the registration roller and the toner cartridge cavity Pickup feed and Use a water dampened lint free cloth separation rollers Separation pad Use a dry lint free cloth Registration roller Use a dry lint free cloth Transfer roller Use a dry lint free cloth DO NOT TOUCH the roller with your fingers Fuser Use a water dampened lint free cloth 66 Printer maintenance Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note CAUTION
74. use The internal Courier font that is available on the HP LaserJet 4 series printers The internal Courier font that is available on the HP LaserJet IIl series printers These two fonts are not available at the same time The Wide A4 setting changes the number of characters that can be printed on a single line of A4 paper Up to 78 10 pitch characters can be printed on one line Up to 80 10 pitch characters can be printed on one line Select Ez to append a carriage return to each line feed that is encountered in backward compatible PCL jobs pure text no job control Some environments such as UNIX indicate a new line using only the line feed control code This option allows the user to append the required carriage return to each line feed Select amp to print the PS error page when PS errors occur 52 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Configuration menu Items in this menu affect the printer s behavior Configure the printer according to your printing needs Table 20 Configuration menu Item Values Explanation Set the printer to change to PowerSave mode after it has been idle for a specified amount of time Turning PowerSave off is not recommended The PowerSave feature does the following 1 Minimizes the amount of power consumed by the printer when it is idle 2 Reduces wear on the printer s electronic c
75. 000 pages Fuser 110 to 127 V 220 to 240 V RG5 7060 000CN RG5 7061 000CN 150 000 pages 150 000 pages Transfer roller assembly RG9 1542 000CN 150 000 pages Exhaust fan RH7 1552 000CN 25 000 hours 68 Printer maintenance www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Functional information Overview Printer subsystems arare ek eee boogie Go eee eae eese e ed deed 71 Power supply system 0 0 ce eae 72 Ac dc power distribution 0 I n 72 Overcurrent overvoltage protection 0 000 cect eee 73 High voltage power distribution 1 2 2 ttt 74 Toner cartridge detection 00 lille rn 75 Dc controller system isses lae ede eee rk e s md x Reed ER ORE AUN Rad dn 75 Laser and scanner drive 2 eee 76 Paper motion monitoring and control llle 76 Solenoids sensors clutches and switches 000 cee eee eee eee eee 76 Engine TeS icc P 76 uoce PRETI a al CAM ade uae cals Ge Wega GAG apn Rae ae ee 77 Formatter system sseilseeio ee ed ed REN ee bo CE EY CES EE Ex 78 aor sou wie nha ete Rhee tie eno abe chee Wa kale eee ad 78 Resolution Enhancement technology lisse 78 EconoMOQde i2 aee Re ERR de nr A DR d nar dede al Rl n a RR PUERA 79 Input oUtput 2n nem me eR ERR m URDU E cde ea sq dealer bs 79 o JT 79 Printer memory i us pk Baa eae Wa wetted ease ead EROR RU eue UE eae A 80 Read only memory and random
76. 0CN Pickup roller assembly Figure 182 on page 286 RF5 4117 000CN Pad assembly Figure 166 on page 270 RF5 4118 000CN Transfer guide assembly Figure 166 on page 270 RF5 4119 000CN Tray 1 separation pad Figure 164 on page 266 RF5 4120 000CN Separation pad does not include spring Figure 173 on page 277 RF5 4151 000CN Tray sensor assembly Figure 182 on page 286 RG5 2125 000CN Paper size switch PCA 250 sheet feeder Figure 180 on page 284 RG5 3519 020CN Pickup roller assembly Tray 1 Figure 165 on page 268 RG5 3520 060CN Tray 1 paper guide plate assembly Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 3521 020CN Paper pick up roller assembly Tray 2 Figure 169 on page 273 RG5 3523 000CN Cable paper sensor PS403 Figure 164 on page 266 RG5 3542 090CN Upper delivery assembly Figure 168 on page 272 RG5 3545 000CN Power inlet assembly Figure 165 on page 268 RG5 3547 040CN Cover front inner Figure 162 on page 264 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 8 Parts and diagrams 295 Table 89 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Figure and page RG5 3548 000CN Tray 1 paper guide Figure 162 on page 264 RG5 3550 000CN Cover left side Figure 162 on page 264 RG5 3551 040CN Cover rear Figure 162 on page 264 RG5 3552 000CN Face up tray assembly Figure 162
77. 1 Print Quality menu on control panel 50 print servers matching network speed and communication mode 57 setting full or half duplex operation 57 printer clutches 249 connectors 244 motors fans and fuser heaters 242 PCAs 247 sensors 238 Solenoids 249 switches 240 testing 63 printer drive assembly 262 printer drivers overriding other settings 48 websites 37 printer information on configuration page 206 Printer Job Language PJL 81 Printer Management Language PML 81 306 Index www GovTechMedia com printing all pages guaranteed 53 cleaning page 50 configuration page 47 205 control panel menu map 45 47 engine test 63 190 eventlog 47 192 file directory 47 from 250 sheet feeder 95 from 500 sheet feeder 95 from Tray 1 92 from Tray 2 93 jobs 46 PCL font list 47 PS error page 52 PS font list 47 resuming 43 selecting number to print 46 Printing menu on control panel 51 private jobs See jobs Private Stored Jobs menu on control panel 46 problems See support troubleshooting processors availability by model 18 included in formatter PCA 79 speed 16 product features 16 product repair approach 36 assistance 38 product stewardship program 34 product attachment latch order of removal 112 production number of printer 19 product release handle order of removal 112 ProRes See HP ProRes protocol stacks turning on and off 56 PS error page printing 52 PS font list printing 47 Q quick copy jo
78. 1 RH7 5236 000CN 1 Solenoid Tray 2 pickup 32 RS5 2441 000CN 1 Spring compression 34 WG8 5362 000CN 1 Sensor PS402 35 WG8 5375 000CN 1 Sensor face down bin full PS307 36 WG8 5362 000CN 1 Sensor P8403 38 RG5 3523 000CN 1 Cable paper sensor PS403 501 XB4 7401 007CN 14 Screw M4x10 tapping 502 XD2 1100 322CN 1 E ring Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 8 Parts and diagrams 267 011 J11013 411 AG FA 7 YLE G CAN Uu ANNE o7 eo d VA RIGE S e SEES ee i f a ade See figure 169 Internal components 2 of 4 Figure 165 Q1860 90918 268 Parts and diagrams Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 68 Internal components 2 of 4 Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RG5 3519 020CN 1 Pickup roller assembly Tray 1 1B RB2 1820 020CN 1 Roller Tray 1 pickup 2 RG5 3545 000CN 1 Power inlet assembly 3 RB1 6179 000CN 2 Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 4 RF5 2421 000CN 1 Shutter lever 5 RB2 1744 000CN 1 On off switch 6 RB2 1780 000CN 1 Paper guide 7 RS5 1392 000CN 2 Tray 1 and 2 pickup shaft left bushing 10 RB1 2190 000CN 1 Tray 2 spring 11 RB1 6130 000CN 1 Gear pickup Tray 1 12 RB1 6177 000CN 2 Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 13 RB2 1731 000CN 1 Switch rod 14 RB3 0352 000CN 1 Grounding plate fan housing 15 RB2 1736 000CN 1 Grounding plate 16 RF5 23
79. 1 of 2 inner cover flag 124 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 2 Remove the two self tapping screws callout 2 that hold the cover to the front of the chassis Figure 53 Tray 1 inner cover removal 2 of 2 front of printer 3 Facing the front of the printer slip the cover off of the locator pins by tilting it to the right and then sliding it off to the right avoiding the paper sensor Note An extension of the paper sensor flag fits into a slot in the Tray 1 lift plate see page 154 Orient the flag so that it aligns with both the slot and the cutout in the left side of the chassis Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 125 www GovTechMedia com Right and left corner covers Each cover is secured by one self tapping screw callout 1 Remove the screw and then lift off the cover Figure 54 Corner covers removal 126 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Internal assemblies Internal assemblies are shown in figure 55 All references to the right and left are assumed to be relative to the front of the printer unless otherwise specified Figure 55 Internal assemblies Item Explanation 1 Upper delivery assembly 2 Laser scanner 3 Registration assembly 4 Tray 1 paper guide plate assembly 5 Paper handling PCA 6 Main gear assembly Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 127 www GovTechMedia com Transfer roller as
80. 134 030CN Tray 1 sensor arm RG5 3548 000CN Tray 1 paper guide C5 n5 Q1860 67904 Cover front FS RG5 3550 000CN Cover left side ol RG5 3551 040CN a4 4 Lm 4a ao Cover rear 264 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 65 External covers and panels continued Item number Part number Quantity Description 5E RB2 1977 000CN Strap rear output support 5Q RG5 3552 000CN Face up tray assembly 6 RB2 1745 000CN Pin front cover 7 RB2 1749 000CN Cover right side 8 RB2 1747 000CN Cover face down auxiliary 9 RB2 1755 000CN Cover right corner 10 RB2 1756 000CN Cover left corner 11 C4110 40004 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Overlay English other languages available 41401 J1402 Figure 163 Upper cover assembly Table 66 Top cover assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RB2 1748 000CN 1 Cover top 2 RB2 1759 000CN 1 Control panel leaf spring 3 RG5 3575 000CN 1 Cable control panel 4 RG5 3556 040CN 1 Toner cartridge door assembly 5 RG5 5438 030CN 1 Control panel assembly 6 RB2 1758 000CN 1 Cover control panel LED Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 8 Parts and diagrams 265 70 e o ae f gt KR SLY J18 J307 ie
81. 16 Information menu Item Explanation The menu map shows the layout and current settings of the control panel menu items The configuration page shows the printer s current configuration If an HP Jetdirect print server card is installed HP LaserJet 5100tn and 5100dtn printers a Jetdirect configuration page will print out as well The PCL font list shows all the PCL fonts currently available to the printer The PS font list shows all the PS fonts currently available to the printer This item appears only when a mass storage device such as an optional flash DIMM or hard disk containing a recognized file system is installed in the printer The file directory shows information for all installed mass storage devices The event log lists printer events or errors This item allows you to view the most recent printer events on the control panel display Press Value to scroll through the event log entries Use the paper path test to verify that the paper path is working properly or to troubleshoot problems with a type of paper Choose the input tray output bin duplexer if available and number of copies Chapter 3 Printer operation 47 48 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com Paper handling menu When paper handling settings are correctly configured through the control panel you can print by choosing the type and size of paper from the printer driver or software application Some i
82. 18 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 22 EIO menu for networked printers ltem Values Explanation MB The 10 100Base TX link configuration menu is not used E You can use and manually set 10 100Base TX link parameters i Default The print server automatically configures itself to match the network s link speed and communication mode e Sets 10 Mbps half duplex operation on the print server e iBT 3 Sets 10 Mbps full duplex operation on the print server e i Sets 100 Mbps half duplex operation on the print server e Sets 100 Mbps full duplex operation on the print server Chapter 3 Printer operation 57 Resets menu Use this menu with caution You can lose buffered page data or printer configuration settings when you select these items Only reset the printer under the following circumstances e You want to restore the printer s default settings Communication between the printer and computer has been interrupted You are using multiple I O ports and one of the ports is having problems The items in the resets menu clear all memory in the printer while CANCEL JOB clears only the current job Table 23 Resets menu Item Explanation This item allows the user to turn PowerSave on and off If PowerSave is off the printer never uses the PowerSave mode and no asterisk appears next to any item when the user selects the men
83. 18 www GovTechMedia com 2 J1641 jum mde T 41661 41501 J1505 250 sheet feeder Table 82 250 sheet feeder Item number Part number Quantity Description not shown RG5 7188 030CN 1 250 sheet universal tray 1 RG5 7184 000CN 1 Feeder controller PCA 250 sheet feeder 4 RB1 7499 000CN 1 Roller feed 250 sheet feeder 7 RB1 7503 000CN 1 Spring tray size detect 9 RG5 3644 000CN 1 Pickup roller assembly 9D RB2 1821 020CN 1 Pickup roller 250 sheet trays 14A RB1 7501 020CN 1 Lever paper sensor 8 Parts and diagrams 283 Figure 180 PCA assembly locations 250 sheet feeder Table 83 250 sheet feeder 1 Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RG5 7184 000CN 1 Feeder control PCA 250 sheet feeder 2 RG5 2125 000CN Paper size switch PCA 250 sheet feeder 284 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 181 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 500 sheet feeder 1 of 2 Table 84 500 sheet feeder 1 of 2 Item number Part number Quantity Description not shown RG5 7164 000CN 500 sheet replacement tray not shown C4117 69001 500 sheet replacement tray exchange 2 4 RB3 0441 000CN Tray cover rear of 500 sheet feeder RG5 7196 000CN Paper size detection assembly 8 Parts and diagrams 285 500 sheet feeder 2 of 2
84. 1860 90918 500 sheet feeder pickup roller 1 Place the feeder upside down on the work surface With one hand rotate the pickup roller shaft callout 1 90 degrees With the other hand press the locking tab on each of the rollers callout 2 and push the rollers back slightly from their secured positions Figure 117 500 sheet feeder pickup roller removal 1 of 2 Rotate the pickup roller shaft another 90 degrees to remove the rollers completely from the shaft Figure 118 500 sheet feeder pickup roller removal 2 of 2 Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 179 www GovTechMedia com 500 sheet feeder PCAs 1 Remove the feeder assembly from its base frame see page 174 and place it upside down on the work surface 2 Remove the 500 sheet feeder PCA by disconnecting the cables and then removing the two machine screws callout 1 Disconnect two cables from the paper size switch PCA Remove two washer head screws callout 2 and then lift the PCA from the frame Figure 119 Gear assembly 500 sheet feeder PCA and paper size switch PCA removal 180 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 500 sheet feeder power connector 1 Remove the left cover from the 500 sheet feeder see page 174 2 Remove the two screws callout 1 3 Disconnect one cable callout 2 Figure 120 Power connector removal 4 Lift the connector off of the frame Q1860 90918 6 Removing and repla
85. 2 Table 83 Table 84 Table 85 Table 86 Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 White lines opposite to the paper path direction 0c eee eee eee 222 HP Jetdirect configuration page categories 0 0c e eee ees 225 Sensors switches clutches and solenoids 000 0c eee eee eee 237 Motors fans and fuser heaters 0 0 0 cee eee 243 GAS Lo ele tcm Ubi UM mites Endy UE LIMES 248 Clutches and solenoids sarsie soia ae aa RES E a ees 250 Paper size detector Meee E E ee dei Me Ee bee 251 Technical support websites oe KDE NE SE Des Re ees 259 Accessories and supplies 0 2 2 0 000 eee 260 Screws used in the printer lille 261 Replaceable cables 2e cie Api ARR wk ew belo aes 261 Assemblies listed alphabetically and their part numbers 263 External covers and panels 0 0 0 eh 264 Top cover assembly seisata aeaa rea ege Rep RE EE PERRA REGI E 265 Internal components 1 Of 4 llle eh 267 Internal components 2 of 4 sssesseeeeee eh 269 Internal components 3 of 4 sssseeseleee eh 270 Internal components 4 of 4 lsseelseeelee eh 271 Upper delivery assembly usleeseeeeeeeeeee eee ee 272 Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly leslslelees 273 Paper feed belt assembly 000 e eee tees 274 Paper feed roller assembly 0 0 cece eh 275 Registration roller assembly s
86. 2002 19404 3 Feed roller Y 1 paper sensor 2 Feeder sensor PCB n FLED 45V FSENS L when sensor detects paper SWO SWI Detects the paper size by the SW2 combination of these signals SW3 500 sheet paper feeder 232 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com I 1J2106 2 I 3 4 T I I I I J2105 3 J2004 8 i 1 10 i i SW2101 Jeto5 4 J2004 7 Cassette gs SW2102 i 5 6 EL ee Qs swatos i 6 5 I i K SW2104 1i 7 4 O o 1 2 9 I t I I I I rr Q1860 90918 To printer To paper feeder Reversing motor Side registration guide drive motor Refeed motor d DE Duplexing unit deflector drive solenoid Figure 134 Duplexer Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Duplexing driver PCB 24V 5371751 J1701 1 2 11 12 A 45V 5 J1751 4 sis 3 scik Serial clock signal J1751 8 gt 1751 7 STRB Strobe signal gt RXDOU Transmission data input signal J1751 6 RE gt TXDOU Transmission data output signal ud 5 STERMU Optional unit selection signal J1751 3 10 TIT 24V y J1752 J1702 1 2 12 13 A 45V S J1752 4 due 3 ScLK Serial clock signal J152 8 STRB Strobe signal gt pius 7 RXDOL Transmission data input signal gt Uis TXDO L Transmissio
87. 210 Black lines opposite paper path direction 0000 e eee eee 210 Black pages seid ert m ieee eed wee iia PoE Ae Pee Shey 211 Blank Page get eI aid ce e hUBUEMEN USERS es See ee 212 Character voids and dropouts 00 eens 213 Grease Sanon an e Em 214 en HIM 214 PRP I NESS PEER ecerStex een dbueke ee e deals EdU E Ecke 215 Dirton back Of pages ws orne roel need Hie d ada ed eg eR E fer beans peels 215 Distorted Image ss sensu A Seats PU a bib N Gale waren Spa Saree he 216 Dots in the paper path direction 0 0 cece eee 216 Faded or light pint sorar y ae nde t Ek ERE REX RR ke MR ee 217 Gray background s foi eee fou nnx Eie Uu PRI xg eie dau x SK ed 218 Loose toner or toner smear llslleeee ren 219 Repetitive defects i esce cag KS KNEE SER eed eee Meads DARK EHE EY 220 SKOW ost scent rat nerf tal D LU Ar nel hd bed ur t A Ere d 220 Smudged lines either direction llle 221 lonerspecks ve RES bas Radda bab er bw pSXIE VER DESEE WE da 221 White lines in the paper path direction 0 0 cee eee eae 221 Contents 13 14 www GovTechMedia c om Table 53 Table 54 Table 55 Table 56 Table 57 Table 58 Table 59 Table 60 Table 61 Table 62 Table 63 Table 64 Table 65 Table 66 Table 67 Table 68 Table 69 Table 70 Table 71 Table 72 Table 73 Table 74 Table 75 Table 76 Table 77 Table 78 Table 79 Table 80 Table 81 Table 8
88. 226 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Reference diagrams Figure 128 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Locations of components De controller A z E 7 2 o 5 7 Power a D ni 25g supply 22 T oL c gg S 9 o eae D o a 5 g S V PS307 29 oo 2 9 23 2 S OG a E eere 2 2 Delivery roller 9 a 5 5 S 2 E Ne 5 G g o o9 is 72 L oO PS303 Fuser 2 Paper path sensors and switches PS1306 a E10 Transfer Tray 2 pickup roller A Paper handling PCA a x 2 S 3 5 T g Bal sS fai 5 29 2 D z 25 535 F g s o 32 7 z 3 6 SE c B 290 o 5 O Q gt g oc Gc g Sz Safes 28 a aS 82 98 22 m o pas es fm Tyi i pickup roller Photo sensitive drum PS402 PS403 PS401 PS302 Y Separation pad charging Registration roller roller Feed roller PS301 Separation pad Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 227 Dc controller PCB o F S9 O 2 38 3 sk Terminal PCB c 52 o ZO o 2 c a v ad i S5 2 S c fs H v zo oD 8m ZS 6 o o ar o gt g F S g O __ OD BES G oc E Po 237 25 oD KS ee dii 2 5 a 2 5 e Delivery roller zy E T 9 a S32 Main motor oS 25 Fo M1 mm mm mm mH ME NM NM amem EN egist O Photo ration EUN Tray 1 sensitive pickup Fuser roller UN HR I NEN N Feed belt I Separation pad Feed roller mm Tran
89. 24 6 in 30 3 cm 11 9 in o N e o 3 N A z 15 5 cm 6 1 in Figure 3 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer 22 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 4 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia co m 139 8 cm 55 in 62 5 cm 24 6 in 30 3 cm 11 9 in ul 2 67 Wd c7 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100 series printer with accessories Printer weight without toner cartridge HP LaserJet 5100 printer 23 kg 50 Ib HP LaserJet 5100tn printer with optional 500 sheet feeder 34 kg 75 Ib HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer with duplexer and optional 500 sheet feeder 52 kg 114 Ib HP LaserJet 5100Le printer 23 kg 50 Ib Chapter 1 Printer description 23 Environmental requirements Table 4 Environmental specifications Item Operating Storage Temperature 10 to 32 C 50 to 91 F 20 to 80 percent RH with no condensation 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Relative humidity RH 10 percent to 95 percent RH Table 5 Acoustics specifications Printer state Sound power Bystander position Operator position Printing at 22 ppm Lwaa 6 8 bels A Lpam 53 dB Lpam 60 dB maximum Printing at 11 ppm Lwaa 6 4 bels A Lpam 50 dB LoAm 96 dB maximum PowerSave Lwag 4 4 bels A Lpam 32 dB Lpam 37 dB maximum Maximum v
90. 26 paper in Tray 1 25 paper in Tray 2 25 card stock guidelines for using 31 Specifications 31 carriage return appending to linefeed 52 cartridges warranty 36 cartridges See toner cartridges cassette setting for Tray 1 48 casters order of removal 112 CD ROM HP support assistant 37 character voids 213 charging roller 85 charging the photosensitive drum 85 circuits dc controller PCS 73 high voltage power supply 74 low voltage power supply 72 cleaning accessories 66 paper path 67 photosensitive drum 84 printer 66 separation pad 66 spilled toner 67 300 Index www GovTechMedia com cleaning page printing 50 using 67 clearable warnings description 80 setting time displayed 54 clearing data from memory 63 event log 62 I O buffer 58 messages 43 NVRAM 63 clutches 250 sheet feeder 249 500 sheet feeder 249 complete list 237 duplexer 250 paper path 228 printer 249 compact disc HP support assistant 37 component locations 227 conditioning the photosensitive drum 85 Configuration menu on control panel 53 configuration page printing 47 205 using to troubleshoot 205 using to verify options 206 configuration page JP Jetdirect 225 connectivity features 16 connectors 250 sheet feeder 245 500 sheet feeder 246 500 sheet feeder power removing and replacing 181 accessory interface removing and replacing 158 duplexer 245 printer 244 testing direct parallel 225 context sensitive and d
91. 37 60 60 2 17 43 24 29 35 39 64 64 3 20 50 28 34 42 46 75 75 4 21 54 30 36 44 49 80 80 5 22 56 31 38 46 51 81 81 6 24 60 33 41 50 55 90 90 7 27 68 37 45 55 61 100 100 8 28 70 39 49 58 65 105 105 9 32 80 44 55 67 74 120 120 10 34 86 47 58 71 79 128 128 11 36 90 50 62 75 83 135 135 12 18 39 100 55 67 82 91 148 148 13 19 42 107 58 72 87 97 157 157 14 20 43 110 60 74 90 100 163 163 15 23 47 119 65 80 97 108 176 176 16 53 134 74 90 110 122 199 199 1 U S postcard measurements are approximate Use for reference only 28 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com CAUTION CAUTION Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Labels To avoid damaging the printer use only labels that are recommended for use in laser printers If you have problems printing labels use Tray 1 and open the rear output bin Never print on the same sheet of labels more than once When selecting labels consider the quality of each component e Adhesives The adhesive material should be stable at 200 C 392 F the printer s maximum temperature Arrangement Only use labels that have no exposed backing between them Labels can peel off of sheets that have spaces between the labels causing serious jams e Curl Before printing labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm 0 5 inch of curl in any direction e Condition Do not use labels that have wrinkles bubbles or other indications of separation
92. 4 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Grounding plate RB2 1735 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Grounding cable RG5 7074 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Lever registration sensor RB2 1781 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Lever top of page sensor RB2 1782 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Spring registration sensor RB2 1783 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Spring top of page sensor RB2 1784 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Grounding plate RB2 1990 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Spring Tray 2 size sensor RB2 1825 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Screw M3x6 TP XA9 0267 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cable ribbon paper handling PCA to dc controller RG5 7086 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Clutch registration RH7 5345 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Solenoid Tray 2 pickup RH7 5236 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Spring compression RS5 2441 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Sensor PS402 WG8 5362 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Sensor face down bin full PS307 WG8 5375 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Sensor PS403 WG8 5362 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cable paper sensor PS403 RG5 3523 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Screw M4x10 tapping XB4 7401 007CN Figure 164 on page 266 E ring XD2 1100 322CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cover top RB2 1748 000CN Figure 163 on page 265 Control panel l
93. 47 Setting the display language 1 44 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com Press and hold SELECT while turning on the printer Hold SELECT until appears current selected Release SELECT I language to appear appears briefly Wait for Press VALUE repeatedly until the language you want appears Press SELECT to save your choice An asterisk appears beside the selected language Press Go to exit the menu Q1860 90918 Control panel menus Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Press MENU for access to all control panel menus When additional trays or other accessories are installed in the printer new menu items automatically appear To change a control panel setting 1 Press MENU until the menu you want appears 2 Press ITEM until the item you want appears 3 Press VALUE until the setting you want appears 4 Press SELECT to save the selection An asterisk appears next to the selection in the display indicating that it is now the default 5 Press GO to exit the menu Settings in the printer driver and software application override control panel settings Software application settings override printer driver settings If you cannot gain access to a menu or item itis either not an option for the printer or the customer s s network administrator has locked the function The control panel reads S x See the customer s network administrator
94. 5 500 sheet replacement tray exchange C4117 69001 Figure 181 on page 285 Tray cover rear of 500 sheet feeder RB3 0441 000CN Figure 181 on page 285 Paper size detection assembly RG5 7196 000CN Figure 181 on page 285 Feeder control PCA 250 sheet feeder RG5 7184 000CN Figure 180 on page 284 Paper size switch PCA 250 sheet feeder RG5 2125 000CN Figure 180 on page 284 250 sheet universal tray RG5 7188 080CN Figure 179 on page 283 Feeder controller PCA 250 sheet feeder RG5 7184 000CN Figure 179 on page 283 Roller feed 250 sheet feeder RB1 7499 000CN Figure 179 on page 283 Spring tray size detect RB1 7503 000CN Figure 179 on page 283 Pickup roller assembly RG5 3644 000CN Figure 179 on page 283 Pickup roller 250 sheet trays RB2 1821 020CN Figure 179 on page 283 Lever paper sensor RB1 7501 020CN Figure 179 on page 283 Fuser exchange 100 120V Q1860 69008 Figure 178 on page 282 Fuser exchange 220 240V Q1860 69009 Figure 178 on page 282 Sensor mount rear of controller pan RB2 1790 000CN Figure 177 on page 281 Sensor lever RB2 1791 000CN Figure 177 on page 281 Flat cable RH2 5337 000CN Figure 177 on page 281 Paper handling PCA RG5 7058 000CN Figure 176 on page 280 Dc controller Q1860 69005 Figure 176 on page 280 Power supply 100 120V
95. 5 1392 000CN Tray 1 and 2 pickup shaft left bushing Figure 165 on page 268 RS5 2225 020CN Roller spring top delivery Figure 166 on page 270 RS5 2434 000CN Spring Figure 165 on page 268 296 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 89 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Figure and page RS5 2439 000CN Spring separation pad Figure 173 on page 277 RS5 2441 000CN Spring compression Figure 164 on page 266 RS5 2632 000CN Spring tension Figure 182 on page 286 RS6 0357 000CN Gear delivery roller Figure 168 on page 272 RS6 0357 000CN Gear lower delivery shaft Figure 164 on page 266 WG8 5362 000CN Sensor PS402 Figure 164 on page 266 WG8 5362 000CN Sensor PS403 Figure 164 on page 266 WG8 5375 000CN Sensor face down bin full PS307 Figure 164 on page 266 WS6 5092 000CN Power connector Figure 164 on page 266 XA9 0267 000CN Screw M3x6 TP Figure 164 on page 266 XA9 0267 000CN Screw TP M3x6 Figure 174 on page 278 XA9 0815 000CN Screw tp M3x4 Figure 175 on page 279 XA9 0838 000CN Screw M4x16 with washer Figure 167 on page 271 XB4 7301 207CN M3x12 screw tapping truss head Figure 182 on page 286 XB4 7401 007CN Screw M4x10 tapping Figure 164 on page 266
96. 5 on page 268 Grounding plate RB2 1736 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 2 rail left RF5 2397 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 2 rail right RF5 2398 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Fan RH7 1552 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 2 shaft gear RS5 0695 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Spring RS5 2434 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Cartridge guide left RB2 1774 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Cartridge guide right RB2 1775 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 1 separation pad RF5 4119 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Tray 1 paper guide plate assembly RG5 3520 060CN Figure 164 on page 266 Sensor rear door RG5 3553 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cable paper sensor PS307 RG5 3554 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cable paper sensor PS402 RG5 3558 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Roller lower delivery RB2 1985 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Bushing right lower delivery roller RB2 1988 020CN Figure 164 on page 266 Bushing left lower delivery roller RB2 1989 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Gear lower delivery shaft RS6 0357 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Cable display accessory power photo sensor RG5 7073 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Power connector WS6 5092 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Grounding plate RB1 6141 000CN Figure 164 on page 266 Grounding plate RB2 173
97. 59 paper feed belt location 262 paper feed belt removing and replacing 148 paper feed roller removing and replacing 144 paper size spring 250 sheet feeder 173 paper size spring 500 sheet feeder 174 pickup drive 262 pickup gear 136 power inlet removing and replacing 167 printer drive 262 registration roller 263 registration removing and replacing 159 removing and replacing 127 Service approach 36 transfer roller 128 Tray 2 pickup roller 263 tray indicator 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 176 upper delivery roller 262 upper delivery location 127 upper delivery removing and replacing 161 Index 299 Attention light on control panel 42 authorized dealers locating 260 authorized resellers and support 37 auto continue feature description 80 setting 54 B B4 JIS paper specifications 25 B5 paper specifications 25 backlight on control panel turning on and off 53 bidirectional communication description 81 interface features 16 setting between printer and host 64 binding edge choosing 48 bins Capacities 16 comparison by model 18 order of removal 112 black page 211 blank page 212 blown fuse 189 BOOTP setting 56 buffer clearing 58 overflow 197 setting for O 55 C cables order of removal 112 cables part and product numbers 260 261 Canadian DOC regulations 32 Cancel Job key on control panel 43 capacity bins and trays 16 pages per minute 16 paper in 250 sheet feeder 25 paper in 500 sheet feeder
98. 860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Covers Rear door and rear output bin 1 Face the rear of the printer Press the two locking tabs callout 1 toward the center of the printer to release the rear door Figure 37 Rear door and rear output bin removal 1 of 2 2 The plastic support strap is located on the left side of the printer To release the strap pinch the top of the strap by placing your index finger underneath the strap and your thumb on top of the tab Squeeze and lift up from the bottom while pulling the strap out Figure 38 Rear door and rear output bin removal 2 of 2 3 Slide the door to the left and then remove it from the printer Note For reassembly insert the pin on the left side of the cover first Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 113 www GovTechMedia com Fuser 1 Remove the rear door and rear output bin see page 113 2 Facing the back of the printer remove the two machine screws callout 1 that hold the fuser in the chassis 3 Insert a small flat blade screwdriver under the fuser at callout 2 and lift to disengage the fuser assembly detents 4 Grasp the green pressure release handles callout 3 and pull the fuser out of the chassis Note The fuser power connection is on the left side of the assembly Figure 39 Fuser removal rear view of printer 114 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Top cover Facing the front of the printer open
99. 97 000CN 1 Tray 2 rail left 17 RF5 2398 000CN 1 Tray 2 rail right 18 RH7 1552 000CN 1 Fan 19 RS5 0695 000CN 1 Tray 2 shaft gear 20 RS5 2434 000CN 1 Spring 21 RB2 1774 000CN 1 Cartridge guide left 22 RB2 1775 000CN 1 Cartridge guide right 8 Parts and diagrams 269 Figure 166 See figure 168 Internal components 3 of 4 Table 69 Internal components 3 of 4 Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RF5 4118 000CN 1 Transfer guide assembly 2 RF5 4117 000CN 2 Pad assembly 4 RB2 1732 000CN 1 Door switch 5 RB2 1739 000CN 1 Door switch spring 8 RB1 6251 000CN 4 Roller lower back delivery 9 RB2 2076 000CN 4 Roller spring lower back delivery 10 RH7 5346 000CN 1 Clutch feed rollers 11 RB2 1997 000CN 4 Roller holder top delivery 12 RG9 1337 000CN 4 Roller 1 face down guide 13 RS5 2225 020CN 4 Roller spring top delivery 17 RB2 1998 000CN 4 Roller 2 face down guide 22 RG5 4916 000CN 1 Registration roller assembly 502 XD2 1100 322CN 1 E ring 270 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 4 See figure 178 See figure 170 figure 174 Internal components 4 of 4 Figure 167 Table 70 Internal components 4 of 4 Ma o EE Qd gs 9E ales us O5 c coc Ol o S S x S O o 8 g 2 Zla ol IO a a C 5 9 999 s5 5 colg O cccodo QOQrT ooii io 2 c G E OQi
100. A i J701 4 J304 A1 A I d I i Scanner E is P ACC Scanner motor acceleration signal i motor fon DEC Scanner motor deceleration signal t A4 TT 1 I J I I i i 3 3V i J1001 3 J304 B1 A I BD PCA 2 B2 BDI BD input signal pulse 11 B3 i TT I I i 5V J901 8 J304 B4 4 I TA B5 H to switch to the light intensity of 1200DPI DPICHG g yo l Laser diode 6 B6 ENBL L to switch the laser ON according to the VDO i 5 B7 and VDO signals I 3 i B9 LON L to turn the laser ON compulsively I I Laser driver 2 i B10 Mrs gt The laser is turned ON only when the ENBL 1 1 4 B8 B11 VDO and VDO are L H and L respectively 1 th LOW VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL signal D us ium um EE ER Ee Rmi Em Em emo ebrii ee Minimotor pelle J304 A5 HALF L to rotateat half speed 1200DPI SB AB MRDY L when main motor is rotating normally gt A9 MTRON L to rotate main motor 1 2 A10 A11 TIT 24VA 4 5 A7 A8 posed Cartridge H4 l O l abog TNRCHKT Detects no cartridge installed and toner out Toner sensor a ee s 4 Figure 158 Dc controller I O 4 of 4 Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 255 www GovTechMedia com 256 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com www GovTechMedia con Parts and diagrams Overview The diagrams in this chapter identify and locate the printer s major subassemblies and replaceme
101. Cycles through the selected menu item s values Press to move forward or to move backward Select e Saves the selected value for that item An asterisk appears next to the selection indicating that it is the new default Default settings remain when the printer is switched off or reset unless you reset all factory defaults from the Resets Menu e Prints the printer information page shown on the control panel display Chapter 3 Printer operation 43 Settings and defaults The printer makes most printing decisions based on either temporary settings or permanent defaults Note Settings that are sent from software applications override printer defaults Table 14 Settings and defaults Setting or default Explanation Temporary setting A value set for the current print job by the software application or driver For example a request from the software to print three copies instead of the control panel default value of one copy is a temporary setting The printer continues to use the temporary setting until it receives another software request or until it is reset Control panel default A value set at the control panel when you select a menu item An asterisk appears indicating the default setting The printer retains this default when it is turned off Factory default The value set for each menu item at the factory Factory defaults are listed in the item column in the menu tables starting on page
102. DOL S J1661 1 6 xpo S J1661 2 5 STERML S J1661 4 J1662 4 3 10 219031 A A 3 B B 24V Ji504 2 SL1501 9 cian Feeder sensor PCB I PS1601 I 111601 8 11505 2 PSLED 5V Y K 5 z PSTR I I l I I l SP ig 75 SW1601 J1601 4 J1505 4 swo is 2 gs SW1602 3 5 swi I z ij s 9W1603 I 2 6 owe I gs SW1604 1 7 swa I 250 sheet paper feeder Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 229 De controller Serial line Feeder control PCA Feeder sensor PCA T A A K Tray paper size signal es Q Paper feeder pickup motor drive signal ON Paper feeder paper detection signal PST B S OO C314 Paper feeder pickup roller Feed roller Paper feeder pickup solenoid drive signal SLON d Y 3 SW1601 M1501 SL1501 T 1SW1602 f PS1601 V SW1603 EM NAM Uum NEM NM NM OON SW1604 J Separation pad Figure 131 250 sheet paper feeder 230 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Dc controller Serial line Feeder control PCA om ge que Q Ojo Paper feeder pickup roller Feed roller 2 Feed roller 1 Y A AA T z 0 c Z z 5 oO i Feeder sensor PCA 9 0 O 2 w cr S S8 3 E D c c o 2 D e D o
103. ECT Press until the appropriate duplex mode on or off appears Press SELECT Press to cycle selections until the appropriate number of copies appears Choose 1 10 50 100 or 500 copies 11 Press SELECT to perform the paper path test Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 203 Information pages From the printer control panel you can print pages that give details about the printer and its current configuration The following information pages are described here e Menu map Configuration page For a complete list of the printer s information pages print a menu map and see the information menu that is listed For a description of the event log see page 191 Menu map To see the current settings for the menus and the items available at the control panel print a control panel menu map 1 Press MENU until j 2 Press ITEM until I 3 Press SELECT to print the menu map The content of the menu map varies depending on other menu settings and the options that are currently installed in the printer Many of these values can be overridden from the printer driver or software application UJ HEWLETT HP LaserJet 5100 series printers F PACKARD PAPER HANDLING PRINT QUALITY z INFORMATION MENU a PRINTING MENU Menu Continued MENU MENU PRINT TRAY 1 MODE RESOLUTION MENU MAP CASSETTE 600 COPIES 1 COURIER REGULAR PRINT TRAY 1 SIZE PAPER E CONFIGURATION A5 RET MEDIUM LETTER WIDE A4 NO PRINT TRAY 1
104. M1701 Reversing motor duplexer PM1702 Side registration guide drive motor duplexer PM1703 Refeed motor duplexer M2001 Paper feeder pickup motor 500 sheet paper feeder Fan motor FM1 Exhaust fan D Fuser heater H1301 Fuser heater 1 eum H1302 Fuser heater 2 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 243 Figure 148 Connectors main unit 244 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com S J1661 Figure 149 Connectors duplexer and 250 sheet paper feeder Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 245 www GovTechMedia com J2105 Figure 150 Connectors 500 sheet paper feeder 246 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 151 PCAs Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 247 www GovTechMedia com Figure 152 PCA duplexer Table 57 PCAs No Name Function 1 De controller Controls the print sequence 2 Power supply Generates 24 Vdc 5 Vdc and 3 4 Vdc and drives the fuser heaters 3 Paper handling PCA Relays the signals between sensors loads and the dc controller 4 250 sheet paper feeder control Controls the loads in the 250 sheet paper feeder and sensors PCA 5 Feeder sensor PCA Monitors sensor and switches 6 500 sheet paper feeder control Controls loads in the 500 sheet paper feeder and sensors PCA 7 Feeder sensor PCA Monitors the sensor and switches 8 Duplexer driver PCA Controls the loads in the duplexer and
105. Numbers in the example match the numbers in the following table See the HP Jetdirect Print Server Software Installation Guide for more information Table 54 HP Jetdirect configuration page categories 1 HP Jetdirect If the EIO Jetdirect card has successfully powered up and completed its Configuration internal diagnostics the 1 status message prints If communication is lost an i status message prints followed by a two digit error code See the HP Jetdirect Network Interface Configuration Guide for further details and recommended action 2 Network Statistics This block indicates that network activity has been occurring Bad packets framing errors unsendable packets and collisions should be minimal If a high percentage greater than one percent of these occur contact the network administrator All of the statistics are set to zero when the printer is powered off 3 TCP IP In this block the default IP address is 192 0 0 192 It is acceptable to operate the printer with this default address The error message AEF 5 might appear in this block This is also an acceptable error code if the TCP IP protocol is not being used Check with the network administrator to determine the correct IP address for the printer To configure the printers IP address go to the control panel EIO menu select cFa 5 select and then select Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 225 Figure 127 Table 54 HP Jetdirect configura
106. O cards can be installed in the I O slots on the formatter PCA They provide automatic I O switching between multiple computers or networks connected to the printer The network version printers include the HP Jetdirect Print Server with Ethernet 10 100Base TX support Flash Flash is provided in optional 2 and 4 MB flash memory DIMMs for storage of forms fonts and signatures Disk An optional EIO based hard drive is used for permanent storage and allows additional space for creating multiple original prints mopies and other job retention features as well as to store forms fonts and signatures CPU The formatter PCA incorporates a 300 MHz processor Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 79 www GovTechMedia com Note Note Note Printer memory Memory is delivered on a single DIMM which occupies one of the four slots available This leaves three DIMM slots that may be used to add memory fonts or firmware upgrades The memory that comes with the printer is on one of two types of combination Flash DRAM DIMMs The HP LaserJet 5100 and HP LaserJet 5100Le printers use a 4 MB Flash ROM and 16 MB SDRAM version the HP LaserJet 5100tn and HP LaserJet 51004dtn printers use a 4MB Flash ROM and 32 MB SDRAM version DIMMs and SIMMS are not compatible Only one type of DRAM DIMM is supported SDRAM DIMMs that are 32 bit 100 pin 100 MHz PC100 Read only memory and random access memory RAM Besides storing mi
107. O menu Items in the I O input output menu affect the communication between the printer and the computer Table 21 l O menu Item Values Explanation Select the I O timeout period in seconds I O timeout refers to the time measured in seconds that the printer waits before ending a print job This setting allows you to adjust timeout for best performance If data from other ports appears in the middle of your print job increase the timeout value Press Value once to change settings by an increment of 1 or hold down Value to scroll by increments of 10 to Allocate memory for I O buffering AUTO The printer automatically reserves memory for I O buffering Additional configurations are not required and the Ei menu item does not appear GH The SIZE item appears see the following information in this table Specify the amount of memory to be used for I O buffering OFF I O buffering is not performed and the item does not appear When the I O buffer setting is changed any downloaded resources such as fonts or macros have to be downloaded again unless they are stored on an optional hard disk or flash DIMM This item appears only when i i Specify the amount of memory for I O bulisiing The maximum amount of memory available for I O buffering is determined by the amount of memory installed in the printer the languages installed in the printer and other memory alloca
108. TechMedia com Tray 2 pickup roller Assembly locations 3 of 3 Registration roller assembly Table 64 Assemblies listed alphabetically and their part numbers Exchange Exploded view Description Part number number in figure De controller RG5 7057 000CN Q1860 69005 Figure 176 Firmware DIMM HPLJ 5100 base Q2449 67901 Not shown Firmware DIMM HPLJ 5100Le Q2467 67901 Not shown Firmware DIMM HPLJ 5100tn 5100dtn Q2451 67901 Not shown Formatter HPLJ base 5100tn 5100dtn Q1860 67901 Q1860 69001 Not shown Formatter HPLJ 5100Le Q1863 67901 Q1863 69001 Not shown Fuser 110V RG5 7060 000CN Q1850 69008 Figure 178 Fuser 220V RG5 7061 000CN Q1850 69009 Figure 178 Power supply 110V RH3 2248 000CN Q1860 69006 Figure 176 Power supply 220V RH3 2249 000CN Q1860 69007 Figure 176 Upper delivery assembly RG5 3542 090CN Figure 168 Paper feed roller assembly RG5 7084 000CN Figure 171 Paper feed belt assembly RG5 4914 000CN Figure 170 Registration roller assembly RG5 4916 000CN Figure 172 Pickup gear assembly RG9 1524 000CN Figure 175 Main gear assembly RG5 7079 000CN Figure 174 Tray 2 RG5 7188 030CN Figure 173 Tray 2 pickup roller RB2 1821 020N Figure 169 8 Parts and diagrams 263 Figure 162 External covers and panels Table 65 External covers and panels Item number Part number Quantity Description 1 RG5 3547 040CN Cover front inner 1A RB1 6
109. The following table explains messages that might appear on the printer control panel If the message requesting that you load a tray persists and you know that the tray is not empty or if a message indicates that a previous print job is still in the printers memory press Go to print the job or press CANCEL JOB to clear the job from the printer s memory Not all messages are described some are self explanatory Some printer messages are affected by the auto continue and clearable warning settings from the printer control panel configuration menu If is set on the control panel warning messages appear on the control panel until the end of the job from which they were generated If 7i is set warning messages appear on the control anel until Go is pressed If an error occurs that prevents a print job from printing and is set the printer goes offline for 10 seconds before it returns online If is set the message appears until GO is pressed Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action The printer control panel function you are trying to use has been locked to prevent unauthorized access See the network administrator The duplexer is not connected correctly Reinstall the duplexer The optional input tray cannot feed paper to the printer because a door or paper guide is open or the paper path is blocked alternates with F Check the doors trays and paper gu
110. This procedure applies to Tray 2 and to any optional 250 sheet tray 1 Remove the 250 sheet tray 2 For Tray 2 carefully tilt the printer onto its left side Or For an optional 250 sheet tray set the feeder upside down on the work surface 3 Press the locking tab callout 1 that is on the white side cam callout 2 and slide the cam and the black bushing callout 3 away from the roller callout 4 4 Slide the roller between the two cams rotate the roller 180 degrees and then remove the roller from the shaft Figure 72 Tray 2 pickup roller removal bottom of the printer To reinstall Orient the pin on the roller so that it lines up with the hole in one of the side bushings Slide the cam toward the roller until the tab snaps into place 142 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Tray 2 separation pad Note This procedure applies to Tray 2 and to any optional 250 sheet tray 1 Remove the paper from the tray Note Callout 1 in figure 73 shows a detail of the separation pad 2 While pressing down the paper lift plate callout 2 reach under the front of the tray and squeeze the black tabs callout 3 in figure 74 to release the separation pad from the tray Figure 73 Tray 2 separation pad removal 1 of 2 Figure 74 Tray 2 separation pad removal 2 of 2 3 Pull the sprin
111. access memory RAM 20002 eee eae 80 Memory Enhancement technology liene 80 PAGES PIOl6Cl DT 81 PIE eas EET 81 PMIG MT M 81 Control panel 2 ue ea Rea a D R quere uei redu Taur 81 Image formation system 2 0 2 eee eens 82 TONG CAMS sce cen ese sp dee xke e o Pel dites e aac et RR ene ees 83 Photosensitive drUM 2 eee nes 84 Whiting the Image iom hoe head age saad QURE RE pede eg 86 Developing the image 2 eee eee eee 87 Transferring the image ie sa ete ace eae ede ee nex Ron dee s but ei dae ae 88 Image fusing variable fusing temperature 0 0c ee 89 Paper feed SYSTEM ioni ota nee Se AE Ade etd aa iene S aad GS EE 91 Clutches and sensors 1 0 c etna 92 Printing from Tray 1 ei eee eee eerte eere acd RR Re ge ed AGRO ee 2 92 Printing from Tray 2 uae suse Ecce a ter d CR S Ur RU m UR SR UA UTR a ERR REDER 93 Printing from the optional 500 sheet and 250 sheet Trays illie eae 95 siarum ETT 97 BlIjcpmm D O 98 Paper jam in the duplexer lslsseeeeeeee III I 100 Basic sequence of operation 0 cece eh 101 Chapter 5 Functional information 69 70 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printer subsystems Figure 9 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com This chapter presents a generalized functional overview of the printer and the printing processes To external device ho
112. acity 500 sheets e Sizes 149 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 2 inches to 279 by 432 mm 11 by 17 inches Paper path Standard path to top output bin Straight through path from Tray 1 to the rear output bin Output capacity 250 sheet top output bin 50 sheet rear output bin Paper handling options Two sided printing is automatic with the duplex printing accessory duplexer The duplexer is optional for the HP LaserJet 5100 printer and is standard for the HP LaserJet 5100Gtn printer 16 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printer information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com The printer is available in four configurations as described here HP LaserJet 5100 printer The HP LaserJet 5100 printer product number Q18604 is a 22 pages per minute ppm laser printer that comes standard with a 100 sheet multipurpose Tray 1 a 250 sheet Tray 2 and 16 MB of memory It is designed for workgroups and can print on paper sizes up to A3 and 11 by 17 inches 279 by 432 mm HP LaserJet 5100tn printer The HP LaserJet 5100tn printer product number Q1861A is a 22 ppm laser printer that comes standard with a 100 sheet multipurpose Tray 1 a 250 sheet Tray 2 a 500 sheet feeder 32 MB of memory and an HP Jetdirect print server for connecting to a fast Ethernet 10 100Base TX network It is designed for network users and can print full bleed images on paper sizes up to A3 and 11 by 17 inches 279 by 432 mm
113. agnetiques lt CEM gt gt SITETJ1 gt PET lt z HEWLETT PACKARD 11311 CHINDEN BLVD Ree IDARO 83714 rnvent Numa de Mie ga du TNT wit n Manufactured Numai de Sere a 09 2002 Serial Ne CNBK12 AT ANA i i Assembled in Mexico printer engine Made in Japan Assembl au Mexique g n rique pour imprimante fabriqu au Japon SITE TJ1 gt PET lt J C Tested To Comaly With FCC Standards FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE This product contorms with CDR radiation performance standard 21 CFR chapter 1 Sub chapter J Complies with Canad an EMC op Class B requirements Apparalen skall anslutas till jordat n tuttag Figure 1 Sample identification labels Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 1 Printer description 19 Site requirements Environmental and power requirements The following environmental specifications must be maintained to ensure the proper operation of the printer Consider the following points before installing the printer Install the printer in a well ventilated dust free area Install the printer on a hard flat and continuous surface on which all four printer feet are level Do not install the printer on carpet or other soft surfaces Make sure that adequate power is supplied The printer power requirements are listed in table 3 Install the printer where temperature and humidity are stable and away from water sources humidifiers air conditioners refrigera
114. agrams com www GovTechMedia Figure 171 Paper feed roller assembly Table 74 Paper feed roller assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 7084 000CN 1 Paper feed roller assembly 7 RB2 1807 000CN 1 Lever registration sensor 8 RB2 1808 000CN 1 Spring registration sensor Q1860 90918 8 Parts and diagrams 275 www GovTechMedia com Figure 172 Registration roller assembly Table 75 Registration roller assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 4916 000CN 1 Registration roller assembly 276 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 173 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 250 sheet universal tray Table 76 250 sheet universal tray Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 7188 030CN 1 250 sheet universal tray A15 RB2 2023 000CN 1 Plate length adjustment 1 RF5 4120 000CN 1 Separation pad does not include spring 2 RS5 2439 000CN 1 Spring separation pad 8 Parts and diagrams 277 Figure 174 Main gear assembly Table 77 Main gear assembly Item number Part number Quantity Description RG5 7079 000CN 1 Main gear assembly 5 RB2 1856 040CN 1 Toner cartridge engagement arm 27 XA9 0267 000CN 3 Screw TP M3x6 28 RH7 1428 000CN 1 Main motor 278 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860
115. aite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasers teen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 mukaisesti Varoitus Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle Varning Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP LaserJet 5000 5000 N 5000 GN kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja Varo Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa Al katso s teeseen Varning Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 mW Luokan 3B laser Material Safet
116. al landscape direction Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 251 www GovTechMedia com Figure 155 Dc controller inputs and outputs Paper handling PCA De controller L when sensor detects paper L to turn sensor ON L when sensor detects paper L when sensor detects paper When 24Vdr is off the top cover is open L to start engine test print Detects the paper size by the combination of these signals i i 5V i PS401 1 i E E E ey Y K _ B4 B7 MPSNS PADS sensor i A1 A10 SNSON is I i I ay Ss fe te ey See Hy I elk I I PS402 409 3 J402 1 Top of page Y K 1 3 I A3 A8 ropsNs sensor 2 2 1 i I PS403 I J410 3 J403 1 1 Registration y I 1 31 B8 B3 RGSNS roller paper 2 2 I sensor i 424V I pueros cc ocu tu in ee W401 I i ro 24Vdr Doorswitch i e TRAN IM 0 MAL I i I SW402 j rasan I Test print switch aes nu 1 A6 AS TPRNT I iy AN NN i aie I l S I I I I i SW403 N ME ES L B9 B6 jpsizE 1 i SW404 i mals E i 060 Cece pone 0 PSIZE2 i Tray paper I size switch suges B E i e Coe pedum d PSIZE 3 i SW406 cus E i CB peces e ppsize4 I Lr i I I i VR401 Variableresistor 71 I 1 forleadingedge Sae sp B3 B8 nGADJ registration I I I adjusment Ecco
117. ally shut off the output voltage to protect the power supplies If an excess current or excess voltage protection system is activated and the power supply circuit does not output dc voltage it is necessary to turn the power off correct the problem in the faulty load then turn the printer on again The circuit has two fuses that break and cut off the output voltage if excess current flows through the ac line Overcurrent overvoltage protection This circuit located on the dc controller PCA always monitors an abnormal rise in the fusing roller temperature If an error occurs this circuit puts out a signal to turn the relay RL1 off and interrupt the power to the fusing roller heater The circuit operates as follows When the fusing roller heater temperature rises and the output voltage of the thermistor exceeds about 0 5 V 230 C pin 7 of the comparator IC304 goes L C304 pin 1 goes L Q4 turns off and then the relay RL1 turns off The printer has the following three protection functions to prevent incorrect activation of the fusing roller heater The central processing unit CPU monitors the thermistor voltage If it is abnormal the CPU identifies the fusing roller heater error turns the relay RL1 off and reports it to the formatter Ifthe fusing roller heater temperature rises abnormally and the thermistor voltage falls below about 0 6 V 220 C the safety circuit in the fusing roller heater interrupt
118. alues are based on the HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer 24 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper specifications The following tables show paper specifications for the printer Table 6 Paper specifications Tray 1 Supported paper Dimensions Weight Capacity Minimum size 76 by 127 mm 60 to 199 g m 100 sheets of 75 g m custom 3 by 5 inches 16 to 53 Ib 20 Ib paper Maximum size 312 by 470 mm custom 12 28 by 18 5 inches Transparencies Thickness 75 transparencies 0 099 to 0 114 mm Same as minimum 0 0039 to 0 0045 in and maximum paper Labels sizes as listed above ean 178 mm 50 labels 0 005 to 0 007 in Envelopes 75 to 105 g m 10 envelopes 20 to 28 Ib 1 The printer supports a wide range of paper sizes Check the printer software for supported sizes To print custom size paper see the user s guide 2 Capacity might vary depending on paper weight and thickness and environmental conditions Table 7 Paper specifications Tray 2 or other 250 sheet feeder Supported Paper Dimensions Weight Capacity Letter 216 by 279 mm 60 to 105 g m 250 sheets of 75 g m 8 5 by 11 in 16 to 28 Ib 20 Ib paper A4 210 by 297 mm 50 to 100 transparencies 8 3 by 11 7 in Executive 191 by 267 mm 7 3 by 10 5 in Legal 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 in B5 JIS 182 by 257 mm 7 2 by 10 in A5 148 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 2 in 11 by 17 279 by 432 mm
119. an the age of the formatter The page count value is changed by using a different method than that used for other control panel values Instead of increasing the entire value by increments each digit can be selected and modified individually The following control panel keys are used to modify the page count value SELECT Makes any changes to the current digit and advances the cursor one digit to the right If the last digit is currently selected pressing Select wraps the cursor around to the first digit VALUE Increases the value of the currently selected digit by one Pressing Value when 9 is the value of the currently selected digit changes the value of the digit to 0 VALUE Decreases the value of the currently selected digit by one Pressing Value when 0 is the value of the currently selected digit changes the value of the digit to 9 Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 24 shows the sequence of keystrokes that is used to change the page count from a value of 000000 to a value of 0010480 Table 24 Using control panel keys to change page count an example Key Press Display Description Menu Open the Item Advance to the first item in the Select Advance the cursor one digit to the right Select Advance the cursor one digit to the right Value Increase the value of the third digit by one Select Enter the change
120. and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Inside of the printer is dirty toner might have leaked out of the toner cartridge Clean the inside of the printer see chapter 4 Install a new toner cartridge if it is leaking Printer s operating environment does not meet the specifications Make sure that the printer s operating environment meets the specifications Printing on envelope seams Printing on an envelope seam can cause a background scatter problem Move the text to an area that has no seams If you are not printing on seams try a higher toner density setting Wrong toner density setting From the print quality menu on the control panel increase the toner density setting Make sure EconoMode is off Faulty toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridge High voltage connector springs are dirty or defective The high voltage connectors are mounted on and above the dc controller and protrude into the toner cartridge cavity Check the springs for functionality Clean if dirty replace if defective or missing High voltage circuitry is defective Replace the dc controller 218 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 47 Loose toner or toner smear Possible cause Action AaBbCc AaBhCc AaBkyCc AaBkhCc AaBbCc Dirt in the printer 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem cor
121. and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com After freeing both locking tabs gently pull the delivery roller to remove it Individual rollers callout 2 located above the lower delivery rollers callout 3 can be removed by using a flat blade screwdriver to push gently on the top side of the roller The roller is released by the action of the spring Figure 96 Delivery roller removal 2 of 2 Note As you reinstall the roller realign the lower delivery rollers Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 163 www GovTechMedia com Laser scanner assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the face down bin cover page 122 2 Facing the back of the printer remove the four screws callout 1 that hold the assembly to the chassis Disconnect three cables callout 2 Lift the laser scanner assembly out of the chassis Figure 97 Laser scanner assembly removal top inside view of printer Note You might have to readjust the top margin after you replace the laser scanner assembly see page 132 164 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Main motor 1 Remove the main gear assembly see page 134 2 Remove the three screws callout 1 that secure the motor to the back of the main gear assembly Figure 98 Main motor removal rear view 3 Carefully separate the motor from the gear assembly Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 165 www GovTechMedia com
122. approach that addresses the major problems first then other problems as you identify the causes for printer malfunctions and errors The following list describes the basic questions to ask the customer and the corresponding troubleshooting step to help you quickly define the problem s Use the process flow on page 185 to investigate printer malfunctions and errors more carefully and then pursue the best approach to troubleshooting Table 28 Major steps for troubleshooting Power on Does the printer perform the initialization and power on steps page 188 This section contains the procedures for correcting power supply problems Display Does the control panel show H page 190 This section contains the procedures for clearing control panel error messages and reading and correcting event log codes Event log Does the event log show recurring problems page 191 This section contains information about printing the event log and evaluating the history Printer messages How should respond to messages on the display or in the event log page 193 This section describes printer messages and recommends actions General paper path Does paper jam in the printer troubleshooting page 202 This section contains information about solving problems in the paper path Information pages Will the printer print information pages successfully page 204 This section contains the procedures for printing the information pages an
123. at language s resource saving area See the items below i The printer automatically determines the amount of memory to use for each installed language s resource saving area This item ee only after a message appears Memory Enhancement technology MEt attempts to guarantee that all pages will print If the page does not print fum to This might increase chances of a message If this occurs simplify the print job or install additional memory Chapter 3 Printer operation 53 Table 20 Configuration menu Item Values Explanation Set the amount of time that a clearable warning appears on the printer control panel E Warning messages appear on the control panel until the end of the job from which they were generated i Warning messages appear on the control panel until Go is pressed Determine how the printer reacts to errors i If an error occurs that prevents normal printing the message appears and the printer will go offline for 10 seconds before returning online If an error occurs that prevents printing the message will remain on the display and the printer will remain offline until Go is pressed If the printer is on a EU you will probably want to turn to E Note This setting has no effect on some errors that prevent normal printing such as jams Determine how the printer behaves when toner is low The LOk message first appears when the tone
124. atter assembly 0 00 00 cece hh 139 Thay Srl rr ER EEE ERATE PEATE E A 140 Tray 1 separation pad si se eine vid pe e E A E ENN 141 Tray 2 pickup roller ssia as Re GER ER eee ee 142 Tray 2 separation pad eeri errs eke See ie eee Ra Reg Uy e GR e ec 143 Paper feed roller assembly 1 2 2 2 0 000 e eect eee 144 Dc controller and power supply sssssseeese eee eae 146 Paper feed belt assembly llsielleleeeeleee n 148 IUVARET 150 Taya Salt operc tenue dup ae ER DRGRD Res NT RC alc METRUM UN RBS e BO UR A nd 152 Tray 1 lift plate iu il ere bre CRI Gant C CE eem AGE de ene t oe 154 aper gulde due x RR EORR hs i x RUE RR BRE we RR RR RR RR RO eee 155 Top of page sensor i o srra cerir eee eee 156 Face down bin full sensor lever llli 157 Accessory interface connector 0 0 0 ee eae 158 Registration assembly 0 0 00 cee teeta 159 Upper delivery assembly 0 161 Delivery roller 20 RR RR I RR 162 6 Removing and replacing parts 105 Laser scanner assembly oeer eir ani ore ER ae e hne 164 Main MOto io ee ba pee Re UU RUD a ae ee oes goes ER RE Ed 165 Toner cartridge guides 2 2 02 HR SEE ft A ne 166 Optional 500 sheet feeder 1 0 2 cette eee 174 Power inlet assembly 00 0 c cece ete tenes 167 Tray indicator assembly 0 0 AE E R eee eae 176 Left front corner cover installation llle 177 500 sheet feeder feed roller 2l 178
125. best to set the page orientation from the printer driver or software application Driver and software settings override control panel settings 110 V printers or 220 V printers Set vertical spacing from 5 to 128 lines for default paper size Press Value once to change the setting by an increment of 1 or hold down Value to scroll by increments of 10 Chapter 3 Printer operation 51 Table 19 Printing menu Item Values Explanation Internal fonts Permanent soft fonts is or X Fonts stored in one of the three DIMM slots The printer assigns a number to each font and lists the numbers on the PCL Font List The font number appears in the Font column of the printout This item might not appear depending on the font selected Press Value once to change the setting by an increment of 01 for pitch or hold down Value to scroll by increments of 1 This item might not appear depending on the font selected Press Value once to change setting by an increment of 25 for point size or hold down Value to scroll by increments of 1 FC E Select any one of several available symbol sets from the many others printer control panel A symbol set is a unique grouping of all the characters in a font PC 8 or PC 850 is recommended for line draw characters See the user guide for more information about symbol set charts Select the version of Courier font to
126. between the toner and the magnetic core of the cylinder and to increase the repelling action of the toner against the areas of the drum not exposed to laser light This ac potential improves density and contrast Developing cylinder Cylinder Magnet gt 777 Ac bias Dc bias F JT Developing the image The print density control in the control panel menu adjusts the dc bias of the developing cylinder by changing the force of attraction between the toner and drum A change in the dc bias causes either more or less toner to be attracted to the drum which in turn either increases or decreases the print density Both the primary and developer dc bias voltages are changed in response to the density setting Chapter 5 Functional information 87 Transferring the image During the transferring process the toner image on the drum surface is transferred to the paper A positive charge applied to the back of the paper by the transfer roller causes the negatively charged toner on the drum surface to be attracted to the page The small diameter of the drum combined with the stiffness of the paper causes the paper to peel away from the drum The static eliminator teeth also help separate the paper from the drum The static eliminator teeth weaken the attractive forces between the negatively charged drum surface and the positively charged paper After separation the drum is cleaned and conditioned for the next image
127. bility 16 configuring parameters 56 Novell NetWare operating systems compatibility 16 turning IPX SPX protocol stack on and off 56 numbers phone support 36 NVRAM clearing 63 full 200 problem 200 0 offline placing printer 43 online placing printer 43 operating environment requirements 24 operating systems compatibility 16 See also IBM operating systems Novell NetWare operating systems Windows operating systems UNIX operating systems ordering replacement parts 259 ordering parts and supplies 36 orientation of print setting 51 OS 2 Warp See IBM operating systems output bins See bins overcurrent overvoltage protection process 73 overflow of buffer 197 overriding settings 48 overview basic sequence of operation 101 printer and printing processes 71 ozone production 34 P page count setting 60 61 68 page protect feature 53 81 page too complex 195 196 pages per minute ppm speed 16 paper guidelines for using 27 motion control 76 setting cold reset paper size 62 setting image size 51 setting type 49 specifications 25 supported types 26 weight equivalences 28 paper feed belt assembly location 262 removing and replacing 148 paper feed roller assembly removing and replacing 144 paper feed system description 91 diagram 71 duplexing 98 jams 97 paper jams in duplexer 100 printing from 250 sheet and 500 sheet feeders 95 printing from Tray 1 92 printing from Tray 2 93 reversing refeed system 98 paper fe
128. bs See jobs R RAM random access memory description 80 disk failure 195 disk file operation failed 195 disk full 195 random access memory RAM See RAM random access memory Ready light on control panel 42 rear door rear output bin door removing and replacing 113 refeed motor 243 refeed paper sensor 100 registration assembly location 127 removing and replacing 159 registration guide 98 registration roller cleaning 66 description 91 92 93 registration roller assembly 263 registration roller clutch 237 250 registration roller paper sensor 97 237 regulatory information 36 location on printer 19 statements 32 relative humidity requirements 24 Q1860 90918 remanufactured assemblies 36 removal replacement strategy 111 removing loose toner 111 See also individual parts removing parts order of removal 112 repair assistance 38 process 36 repetitive defect ruler 223 repetitive defects on paper 220 replacement ordering parts 259 replacing parts order of removal 112 replacing See individual parts requirements for printer environment 20 24 power 20 site 20 space 21 resellers authorized 37 Resets menu on control panel 58 resetting cold reset for printer 63 default paper size 62 maintenance page count 60 61 68 printer 63 serial number 61 resolution features 16 setting 50 Resolution Enhancement technology REt description 16 78 setting 50 restoring defaults 44 58 63 resuming printing 43 REt R
129. cables Table 62 Screws used in the printer Description Part number Screw M4x10 pan head tapping XB4 7401 007CN Screw M4x8 truss head tapping XB4 7400 807CN Screw M3x6 washer head XA9 0267 000CN Screw M4x16 w washer XA9 0838 000CN Screw M4x6 w star washer XA9 0265 000CN Screw M3x4 washer head XA9 0815 000CN Screw M4x6 screw w washer XB2 6400 607CN Screw M3x8 washer head XB6 7300 807CN Screw Long dc controller screws M3x25 XA9 0974 000CN Table 63 Replaceable cables Description Part Number Figure Cable display accessory power photo sensor RG5 7073 000CN Figure 164 Cable fuser ac RG5 3561 000CN Figure 167 Cable scanner RG5 7072 000CN Figure 167 Cable paper sensor PS307 RG5 3554 000CN Figure 164 Cable paper sensor PS402 RG5 3558 000CN Figure 164 Cable ribbon paper handling PCA to dc controller RG5 7086 000CN Figure 164 Cable DCC LVPS RH2 5337 000CN Figure 177 Cable display RG5 3575 000CN Figure 163 8 Parts and diagrams 261 Diagrams and parts lists Upper delivery assembly Paper feed belt assembly Paper feed roller assembly Figure 159 Assembly locations 1 of 3 Formatter SS Power supply Dc controller Main gear assembly Pickup gear assembly Figure 160 Assembly locations 2 of 3 262 Parts and diagrams Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 161 Q1860 90918 www Gov
130. cess memory The printer uses nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM to store I O and information about printer configuration The contents of NVRAM are retained when the printer is turned off or disconnected Memory Enhancement technology The HP Memory Enhancement technology MEt effectively doubles the memory capacity through a variety of font and data compression methods MEt is only available in PCL mode it is not functional in PS mode 80 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Page protect Page complexity rules complex graphics or dense text might exceed the printer s ability to create the page image fast enough to keep pace with the image formation process If page protect is disabled and a page is too complex it might print in parts for example the top half on one page and the bottom half on the next page Some print data loss is likely in 1 these instances and the 21 gt error message appears alternating with F Page protect allows the formatter to create the entire page image in page buffer memory before physically moving the paper through the printer This process ensures that the entire page will be printed Page protect applies only to PCL printing The default setting is auto PJL Printer job language PJL is an integral part of configuration in addition to the standard printer command language PCL With standard cabling PJL allows th
131. cies uiia dee En aes Ge sng re eur doe eei a eer ur Rr A Rer ee 29 NS MUI Pr cT 29 Envelopes i e ee lee RET Ha EE oL E CY RR EGRE Y Ee x 29 Card stock and heavy paper 0 0 teen eee 31 Safety information vemm REL qae ecd Kad ix Bae ed b ere Ru els doe 32 Laser safety statement 0 00 ee enn 32 Canadian DOC regulations 0 000 e 32 FCC regulations cs ir ree tte cale Te ied Pn te a e C E e eee oe es 32 Luokan 1 laserlaite SUL Se ete teens 33 Material Safety Data Sheet 0 33 Laser statement for Finland 0 cee eh 33 Environmental product stewardship 0 e eee eee 34 Q1860 90918 Chapter 1 Printer description 15 www GovTechMedia com Printer features Table 1 Printer features Speed 22 pages per minute ppm for A4 sized paper or 21 ppm for letter sized paper 300 MHz microprocessor First page out 13 seconds Resolution HP ProRes 1200 a 1200 by 1200 dots per inch dpi HP FastRes 1200 and 600 dpi with Resolution Enhancement Technology REt Typefaces 80 built in scalable Printer Control Language PCL fonts 80 internal PostScript fonts Processor 300 MHz Memory options HP LaserJet 5100 printer and HP LaserJet 5100 Le printer 16 MB expandable to 192 MB through three industry standard dual inline memory module DIMM slots HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer 32 MB expandable to 192 MB through three industry standard
132. cing 166 toner cartridges description and components 83 detection process 75 image rating 207 life expectancy 79 product number 260 resetting to full 54 toner sensor 82 troubleshooting 207 toner gauge resetting to full 54 tools for maintenance 111 top cover removing and replacing 115 switch 237 top margin adjusting after paper handling PCA replaced 132 top of page sensor description 97 location 237 removing and replacing 156 training support 259 transfer roller cautions for handling 128 cleaning 66 location 66 transfer roller assembly removing and replacing 128 transparencies guidelines for using 29 specifications 25 Q1860 90918 Tray 1 features 16 inner cover removing and replacing 124 lift plate removing and replacing 154 paper guide plate assembly 127 paper sensor 237 paper specifications 25 pickup roller expected life 68 pickup solenoid 237 250 pickup solenoid removing and replacing 137 printing from 92 removing and replacing 120 roller removing and replacing 140 setting how used 48 shaft removing and replacing 150 See also trays Tray 1 separation pad expected life 68 removing and replacing 141 Tray 2 comparison by model 18 features 16 paper sensor 237 paper size switches 237 paper specifications 25 pickup solenoid 237 250 printing from 93 setting how used 48 shaft removing and replacing 152 using as a reserved tray 48 See also trays Tray 2 pickup roller assembly 263 removing and replacing 142
133. cing parts 181 www GovTechMedia com 500 sheet feeder separation roller 1 With one hand lift the return cover callout 1 on the 500 sheet tray 2 With the other hand pinch the separation roller tab 3 Slide the separation roller callout 2 off of the shaft Note Make sure that the torque limiter remains in position Figure 121 Separation roller removal 182 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Troubleshooting Overview Troubleshooting proceSS 1 6 ee n 184 Troubleshooting process flow 6 6 eee 185 Troubleshooting the printing system 2 eee 187 Preliminary operating checks 0 0 eee 187 POWOLOFD scettur ae des CE Pane neal eg pines cae gin Pu eerie lebe 188 zac UEDTTT 190 DISPIAY M 190 EVOMUIOG eL 191 Printer messages isis abe eng hu Rd Re eet eat Rar Sah e dE Rx 193 General paper path troubleshooting l l 202 Information pages en RI HH TA 204 Image quallty m rue rds Dake ak GRE Nee da do cod de rn eG RD RR Ue een d 207 Interface troubleshooting llslieeesleee eee eae 225 Reference diagrams sslleeeeleeelleeele eee hh 227 Locations of components 0 00 SDR RR en 227 Sensors and signals iliis 236 Dc controller inputs and outputs aaas saaaaaa saaana anaana III 252 Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 183 www GovTechMedia com Troubleshooting process The troubleshooting process is a systematic
134. croprocessor control programs the read only memory ROM stores dot patterns of internal character sets fonts Early versions of the printer might contain downloadable flash rather than ROM to store the processor code firmware The random access memory RAM contains the page and I O buffers and the font storage area It stores printing and font information that is received from the host system and can also serve to temporarily store a full page of print image data before the data is sent to the print engine see Page protect on page 81 RAM memory capacities for each printer are shown in on page 16 Memory capacity can be increased by adding DIMMs to the formatter PCA Note that adding memory DIMMs might also increase the print speed for complex graphics If the printer encounters difficulty managing available memory a clearable warning message appears on the control panel Some printer messages are affected by the auto continue and clearable warning settings from the configuration menu in the printer control panel If is set on the control panel warning messages appear on the control panel until the end of the job from which they were generated If ci iis set warning messages appear on the control panel until GO is pressed If an error occurs that prevents normal printing and is set the printer goes offline for 10 seconds before it returns online If AH set the message appears until GO is pressed Nonvolatile random ac
135. d and each successive sweep of the beam is offset by 1 1200th up to of an inch The beam can be turned on and off to place a dot of light every 1 1200th of an inch This is how the printer achieves its 1200x1200 dpi resolution After the writing process the drum surface has an invisible latent electrostatic image At the beginning of each sweep the beam strikes the beam detect lens generating the Beam Detect Signal BD The BD signal is sent to the dc controller board where it is converted to an electrical signal used to synchronize the output of data VDO for one sweep scan line and to diagnose problems with the laser diode or scanner motor 86 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 20 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Developing the image The developing process develops the latent electrostatic image into a visible image on the drum The developing unit consists of a metallic cylinder that rotates around a fixed magnetic core inside the toner cavity Toner is a powdery substance made of black plastic resin bound to iron particles which is uniformly attracted to the magnetic core of the cylinder The toner particles obtain a negative surface charge by rubbing against the developing cylinder which is connected to a negative dc supply The negatively charged toner is attached to the discharged exposed grounded areas An ac potential is applied to the developing cylinder to decrease the attraction
136. d evaluating and correcting the printer s configuration Image quality Does the print quality meet the customer s expectations page 207 This section contains toner cartridge checks information about EconoMode image defect examples and the repetitive defect ruler Interface troubleshooting Can the customer print from the host system successfully page 225 This section describes how to determine if the printer is communicating correctly with the host system Reference diagrams What if the failure doesn t fit these categories page 227 This section provides printer reference information to help the troubleshooting process 184 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Troubleshooting process flow The following troubleshooting process flow illustrates the major steps for troubleshooting the printing system Each heading depicts a major troubleshooting step e AYES answer to a question directs you to the next major step ANO answer indicates that additional testing is needed Proceed to the referenced location and follow the directions for that area After completing the additional testing proceed to the next major step Power On Is the printer on and displaying a lyEs indicate any of the vE s readable message A Perform Power On Checks page 188 B After control panel display becomes functional Go to Step 2 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Display Does the
137. delivery RB2 1997 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller 1 face down guide RG9 1337 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller spring top delivery RS5 2225 020CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller 2 face down guide RB2 1998 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Registration roller assembly RG5 4916 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 E ring XD2 1100 322CN Figure 166 on page 270 Pickup roller assembly Tray 1 RG5 3519 020CN Figure 165 on page 268 Roller Tray 1 pickup RB2 1820 020CN Figure 165 on page 268 Power inlet assembly RG5 3545 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 RB1 6179 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Shutter lever RF5 2421 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 On off switch RB2 1744 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Paper guide RB2 1780 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 1 and 2 pickup shaft left bushing RS5 1392 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Tray 2 spring RB1 2190 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 8 Parts and diagrams 291 Table 88 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Figure and page Gear pickup Tray 1 RB1 6130 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 RB1 6177 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Switch rod RB2 1731 000CN Figure 165 on page 268 Grounding plate fan housing RB3 0352 000CN Figure 16
138. diagrams 289 Alphabetical parts list Table 88 Alphabetical parts list Description Part number Figure and page Duplexer Q1860 69010 Figure 184 on page 289 Feeder controller PCA 500 sheet feeder RG5 7197 000CN Figure 183 on page 288 Paper size switch PCA 500 sheet feeder RG5 4212 020CN Figure 183 on page 288 500 sheet replacement tray RG5 7164 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Paper pickup drive assembly RG5 7194 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Joint RB2 3314 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Upper contact cable RG5 7198 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Feed roller RB2 3232 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Tray sensor assembly RF5 4151 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Roller feed 500 sheet feeder RF5 2634 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Paper arm RF5 2635 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Pickup roller assembly RF5 2636 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 D roller RB1 8865 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Spring tension RS5 2632 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Paper sensor flag RB3 0431 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Paper sensor flag link RB3 0443 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 Paper sensor flag link holder RB3 0444 000CN Figure 182 on page 286 M3x12 screw tapping truss head XB4 7301 207CN Figure 182 on page 286 500 sheet replacement tray RG5 7164 000CN Figure 181 on page 28
139. display following READY OFFLINE POWERSAVE ON A See Printer messages on page 193 to understand the message and correct the problem B After correcting all messages and errors Go to Step 3 Event Log Have you evaluated the Event Log A For error messages encountered printing the event log see printer messages If the event log does not print see Engine test on page 190 B Print and evaluate the Event Log C After evaluating the Event Log go to Step 4 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 185 186 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Information Pages Will it print a configuration page A For error messages encountered printing the configuration page see printer messages If the page does not print see Engine test on page 190 B Verifiy information on the Configuration Page C After verifying Configuration Page go to Step 5 oO Image Quality Does the print quality meet customer requirements A See Image quality on page 207 and compare pages to samples B Perform corrective actions C After meeting print quality requirements go to Step 6 Interface Can the customer YES print successfully from the host system See Interface troubleshooting on page 225 B Perform corrective actions Q1860 90918 Troubleshooting the printing system Note Q1860 90918 www GovTec
140. duplexing driver PCA receives the duplex admission command from the printer first It turns on the duplexer deflector drive solenoid SL1701 and the duplexer deflector in the printer then starts to send the paper into the duplexer Within a specified period of time after receiving the command the duplexing driver PCA also drives the reversing motor PM1701 to turn the reversing rollers 1 2 and 3 in the direction shown in figure 31 Printer Duplexing deflector Gee Fuser Pressure roller Reversing roller 1 Reversing roller 2 PS1701 Reversing roller 3 C Feed roller 1 Reversing roller 4 Figure 31 Duplexer Within a specified period of time after the trailing edge of the paper is detected with the reversing unit paper sensor PS1701 the duplexing driver PCA pauses the rotation of the reversing motor PM1701 The duplexing driver PCA then switches the reversing motor PM1701 to reverse rotation As the the leading edge of the paper is fed into the feed guide it is fed through the reversing roller 4 and the feed roller 1 of the duplexer Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 99 www GovTechMedia com Printer Duplexing deflector C SL1701 S Fuser Y Pressure roller Reversing roller 1 b Reversing roller 2 PS1701 Vv Feed guide Reversing roller 3 Ca Feed roller 1 Reversing roller 4 Dupl
141. e laser control circuitry 210 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 36 Black page Possible cause Action Defective toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridge High voltage contact springs are dirty or defective The high voltage contacts are mounted on and above the dc controller PCA and protrude into the toner cartridge cavity Inspect and clean the high voltage contacts If damaged replace the contacts The dc controller is installed incorrectly If the low voltage power supply or dc controller has been removed and replaced it might not be seated correctly Remove the dc controller and check the connectors for damage Reseat the dc controller being careful to fully seat the connectors The laser beam drive circuit or de controller high voltage circuit is defective it is not supplying the correct negative voltage Replace the dc controller PCA Laser scanner assembly is faulty it is turning the laser on continuously Replace the laser scanner assembly Connectors between the laser scanner unit and dc controller are not seated correctly or are defective Inspect and reseat the connectors Replace the cables as necessary Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 211 Table 37 Blank page Possible cause Action Software configuration intermittent Make sure that the application is
142. e 208 Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 207 www GovTechMedia com Check the surface of the photosensitive drum in the cartridge to see if it has been damaged or scratched Touching the drum contaminates the photosensitive surface and can cause spotting and defects during printing e Dark areas on the page might indicate that the drum has been exposed to light for too long If dark areas appear stop the printer and wait a few minutes This should eliminate most defective images If not placing the toner cartridge in a dark environment for several days can restore some life to the drum EconoMode EconoMode creates draft quality printing by reducing the amount of toner on the printed page by up to 50 Advise the customer to turn EconoMode on or off from the printer driver or software application because those settings override the control panel settings EconoMode settings can also be changed from the print quality menu on the control panel CAUTION Hewlett Packard does not recommend full time use of EconoMode If EconoMode is always used it is likely that the toner supply will outlast the mechanical parts in the toner cartridge 208 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Image defects The quality of the printers output is subject to user judgment This section of the manual helps you define print quality defects and understand the factors that affect print quality
143. e bidirectional communication typefaces features 16 U unexpected paper size 197 unit of measurement for custom paper 51 UNIX operating systems 16 upgrading memory 107 upper delivery assembly location 127 removing and replacing 161 upper delivery roller assembly 262 V Value key on control panel 43 variable fusing temperature 90 vellum guidelines for using 29 setting printer for 49 vertical spacing setting 51 viewing control panel menu map settings 204 eventlog 47 192 voids in characters 213 W warnings description 80 setting time displayed 54 warranty information 36 washers part numbers 261 Web server See embedded Web server Index 309 websites Energy Star program 34 HP Connect Online 259 HP Customer Care Online 259 HP Partner Care 37 Material Safety Data Sheets 33 support 37 259 weight equivalences for different paper 28 paper in 250 sheet feeder 25 paper in 500 sheet feeder 26 paper in duplexer 26 paper in Tray 1 25 paper in Tray 2 25 printer 23 white lines on paper 221 222 Windows operating systems 16 worldwide service and support 38 write protected disk 193 flash device 194 310 Index Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com www GovTechMedia com OD invent copyright 2002 Hewlett Packard Company http www hp com support lj5 100 www GovTechMedia com
144. e cables 4 Replace the laser scanner 198 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action A problem exists in the printer s memory The DIMM that caused the error will not be used Values of x 4 and z are as follows x DIMM type 0 ROM 1 RAM y device location 0 internal memory ROM or RAM 1 to 4 DIMM slots 1 2 3 or 4 0 unsupported memory 1 unrecognized memory 2 unsupported memory size 3 failed RAM test 4 exceeded maximum RAM size 5 exceeded maximum ROM size 6 invalid DIMM speed 7 DIMM reporting information incorrectly 8 DIMM RAM parity error 9 ROM needs to be mapped to an unsupported address 10 DIMM address conflict 11 PDC XROM out of bounds 12 unable to make a temporary mapping 1 Turn the printer off and then reseat the specified DIMM 2 Try the DIMM in another slot 3 Replace the DIMM that caused the error zz error number alternates with An internal communication error occurred 1 Press Go The page that contains the error will automatically be reprinted 2 Check the power at the site 3 Replace the formatter 4 Replace the dc controller alternates with A temporary printing error occurred X description 1 illegal input or bad accessory connection 2 illegal output 1 Press Go The pag
145. e detection The toner cartridge has a toner sensor The circuit compares the output value of the developing ac bias and the output value ANT from the antenna inside the cartridge and puts out the toner detection signal The CPU detects the level of remaining toner and the presence of the cartridge when the developing bias is applied to the developing cylinder The level of remaining toner is always detected when the developing bias is applied The presence of the cartridge is detected only when the developing bias is applied during the initial rotation Dc controller system The following systems and functions are controlled by the dc controller PCA Dc power distribution 3 4 Vdc 5 Vdc 24 VA Laser and scanner drive Paper motion monitoring and control photosensors and flags Clutches tray pickup and Tray 1 feed Engine test Motors main drive scanner and fans The CPU of the dc controller system regulates the operation sequences of this printer When the printer power switch is turned on and the printer enters the standby mode the CPU sends the signals to drive the loads such as laser diode motors and solenoids based on the print commands and the image data received from the formatter De controller CPU I I Formatter I I i RE I control circuit e
146. e eee 56 ReSetS MENU EP m 58 Service Mod ose M ed eee hee RE Gee Nae eae PR ele ee be 59 Serice MENU p 59 Setting the page count maintenance count and serial number 60 Cold reset paper size iiiilllsilleeeeesel hr 62 DiaQnOStiCS Cum 62 Glear eventlog seii RR RI ved bee ee dae Rug Pu tee FRE ar 62 Testing the printer era hrii ex PRAY Be Pie ee eh E Radius EA Rose Dx RR Rd RR dak o 63 Hesettinig the printer ieu ee Rao Rr eee ex e da e e e e Sea OR RR RR 63 Gold reset coast xe E Lace bead ix cdm hdc UN aU mcer dette Dx RA e ee edd 63 Clearing NVRAM RR ene p deed Gt deni hs Raed sd 63 Initializing the hard disk 0 0 RII 63 System configuration llis 64 MS DOS system configuration l l ren 64 Parallel MS DOS commands issssllselselsee en 64 Printer I O configuration liliis 64 Parallel menu Re e SE Pape ae WAS Pa ewe Rus UR RR RR E xx 64 Q1860 90918 Chapter 3 Printer operation 41 www GovTechMedia com Using the control panel Control panel layout The printer s control panel consists of the following components Two line display Heady Data Attention Go Menu Item Value Cancel Job Select Figure 6 Control panel layout Control panel lights Table 12 Interpreting control panel lights Light Indication Ready The printer is ready to print Data The printer is proces
147. e printer about five seconds after the main motor begins rotation The leading edge of the paper should have advanced past the toner cartridge 3 Remove the toner cartridge 4 Open the toner cartridge s drum shield to view the drum s surface If a dark and distinct toner image is present on the drum s surface assume that the first four functions of the electrophotographic process are functioning cleaning conditioning writing and developing and troubleshoot the failure as a transfer or fusing problem If no image is present on the photosensitive drum perform the following check Drum rotation functional check The photosensitive drum located in the toner cartridge must rotate for the print process to work The photosensitive drum receives its drive from the main gear assembly To determine whether the drum is rotating 1 Open the top cover 2 Remove the toner cartridge 3 Mark the cartridge s drive gear with a felt tipped marker Note the position of the mark 4 Install the toner cartridge and close the top cover The start up sequence should rotate the drum enough to move the mark 5 Open the printer and inspect the gear that was marked in step 3 Verify that the mark moved If the mark did not move inspect the main gear assembly to make sure that it meshes with the toner cartridge gears If the drive gears function and the drum does not move replace the toner cartridge Note This test is especially important if refil
148. e printer control panel is blank 1 Print an engine test See Engine test on page 190 If the engine test is successful try the following remedies a Reseat the control panel and formatter b If the problem persists replace the control panel assembly c If the problem persists replace the formatter d If the problem persists replace the cable from the control panel 2 If the engine test is not successful a Remove the formatter and try again If the engine test is now successful replace the formatter If the problem persists replace the dc controller b If the problem persists verify that the button on paper handling PCA and the cable to dc controller are in working order Replace as necessary c If the problem persists replace the dc controller d If the problem persists replace the power supply 188 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 30 No ac power Cause Action No correct voltage present at the outlet Plug the power cord into another ac circuit outlet Inform the customer that the correct line voltage is not available at the outlet The power cord is not firmly plugged into the printer and the outlet Insert the plug on the power cord firmly Blown fuse 1 Check the fuses F1 and F2 on the power supply 2 Replace the fuses if necessary Defective power switch Remove the dc controller and power supply Measure th
149. e printer to perform the following functions Two way communication with the host computer through a bidirectional parallel connection The printer can tell the host such things as the control panel settings and makes it possible for the control panel settings to be changed from the host e Dynamic I O switching This makes it possible for the printer to be configured with a host on each I O The printer can receive data from more than one I O simultaneously until the I O buffer is full This can occur even when the printer is offline Context sensitive switching This makes it possible for the printer to automatically recognize the personalities PS or PCL of each job and configure itself to serve that personality Isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next For example if a print job is sent to the printer in landscape mode the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are formatted for landscape printing PML Peripheral Management Language PML can be used for remote configuration and status readback through the I O Ports Control panel The formatter PCA sends and receives printer status and command data through a control panel PCA See page 42 for more information about the control panel See and page 193 for control panel messages Chapter 5 Functional information 81 Image formation system Figure 14 The image formation system is the main part of the printer and cons
150. e resistance between the two terminals of the power switch SW101 by applying the tester probes to the terminals The resistance must be low under 1 KQ when the power is turned ON and high over 6 MQ when the switch is turned OFF If resistance does not meet these thresholds replace the printer power supply Defective ac receptacle or printer power supply Check the printer s ac receptacle and wiring for the ac power line If no problem is found replace the power supply Table 31 No dc power Cause Action No ac power is supplied Check the ac power supply see table 30 The overcurrent overvoltage detection circuit is activated If the problem is not rectified after the power switch is turned off and on again find the cause of activation of the overcurrent overvoltage detection circuit in the power supply Wait for more than two minutes before turning the printer back on Blown fuse 1 Check the fuses F1 and F2 on the power supply 2 Replace the fuses if necessary Defective power supply unit Replace the printer power supply Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 189 Engine test The engine test verifies that the print engine is functioning correctly The formatter is bypassed during an engine test but it can still interfere with the test The engine test is very useful for isolating printer problems Because the engine test prints a full page of lines across the entire printable area
151. e that contains the error will automatically be reprinted 2 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 3 Check the printer configuration 4 Check the accessory connections A temporary printing error occurred X description 1 printer fan 1 Check the fan connector and make sure that the fan is not blocked 2 Replace the fan A motor error occurred X description 0 motor error 2 motor start up error 3 motor rotation error 1 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 2 Make sure that the fuser or toner cartridge does not hinder the movement of the gears in the drive train 3 Check the main motor cable to make sure that it is seated correctly 4 f the error persists replace the motor and then replace the dc controller if necessary A problem exists in the printer s memory x location 0 internal memory 1 to 4 DIMM slots 1 2 3 or 4 Reseat or replace the specified DIMM Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 199 Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action A scan buffer error occurred 1 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 2 If the problem persists replace the formatter alternates with An error occurred in an external paper handling device 1st x device number in the chain 2nd x device type 1 input 2 output 3 stapler stacker yy device specific error 1 Press
152. eaf spring RB2 1759 000CN Figure 163 on page 265 Cable control panel RG5 3575 000CN Figure 163 on page 265 292 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 88 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Figure and page Toner cartridge door assembly RG5 3556 040CN Figure 163 on page 265 Control panel assembly RG5 5438 030CN Figure 163 on page 265 Cover control panel LED RB2 1758 000CN Figure 163 on page 265 Cover front inner RG5 3547 040CN Figure 162 on page 264 Tray 1 sensor arm RB1 6134 030CN Figure 162 on page 264 Tray 1 paper guide RG5 3548 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover front Q1860 67904 Figure 162 on page 264 Cover left side RG5 3550 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover rear RG5 3551 040CN Figure 162 on page 264 Strap rear output support RB2 1977 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Face up tray assembly RG5 3552 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Pin front cover RB2 1745 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover right side RB2 1749 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover face down auxiliary RB2 1747 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover right corner RB2 1755 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Cover left corner RB2 1756 000CN Figure 162 on page 264 Overlay English othe
153. eder pickup motor 243 paper feeder pickup solenoid 250 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com paper guide wire order of removal 112 paper guide removing and replacing 155 Paper Handling menu on control panel 48 paper handling options 16 paper handling PCA description 95 248 location 127 removing and replacing 131 paper jams See jams paper path cleaning 67 description of process 91 duplexer 236 features 16 location of components 227 228 236 test 47 203 troubleshooting 202 paper pickup roller cleaning 66 paper size spring assembly 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 173 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 174 paper trays See 250 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder Tray 1 Tray 2 trays paper width sensor 237 paper size detection 251 parallel cables 260 parallel communication description of process 79 setting speed 55 64 turning bidirectional on and off 55 parallel I O buffer overflow 197 parallel interfaces features 16 IEEE 1284 16 testing 225 Parallel menu 64 PartnerCare 37 partners support 259 parts order of removal 112 ordering 36 259 parts lists alphabetical 290 alphabetical assemblies 263 how to use 257 numerical 294 password for control panel 206 PC direct connect parallel test 225 PCAs complete list 248 dc controller 252 location 247 248 order of removal 112 PCL fonts printing list 47 setting 52 Perform Printer Maintenance message 195 personality language setting default for printer 53
154. eed co gedd pews eee ted Sige ape EP 151 Tray 2 shaft removal left side view of printer llle 152 Reinstallation of Tray 2 shaft 0 eee 153 Tray 1 lift plate removal A A AAIE e ee 154 Paper guide removal rererere ranet ies heise wties detach wii dadow se ages 155 Top of page sensor removal bottom of printer illis 156 Face down bin full sensor lever removal 0 00 cece eee 157 Accessory interface connector removal left side of printer 158 Registration assembly removal 1 of 2 0 eee 159 Registration assembly removal 2 of 2 isses 160 Upper delivery assembly removal 0000 eae 161 Delivery roller removal 1 Of 2 sree ikoaren a eee 162 Delivery roller removal 2 Of 2 0 ec eee 163 Laser scanner assembly removal top inside view of printer 164 Main motor removal rear view 0 0 ee ene 165 Toner cartridge guide removal shown from right side 00085 166 Power inlet assembly removal sesseeeeeee eh 167 Optional 250 sheet feeder separation pad removal 1 0f2 168 Optional 250 sheet feeder separation pad removal 20f2 168 Optional 250 sheet feeder pickup roller removal bottom of the printer 169 Optional 250 sheet feeder sensing flag removal 1 of 2 170 Optional 250 sheet feeder sensing flag removal 2 of 2
155. eeder paper size switch 2 SW1603 250 sheet feeder paper size switch 3 SW1604 250 sheet feeder paper size switch 4 SW2101 500 sheet feeder paper size switch 1 SW2102 500 sheet feeder paper size switch 2 SW2103 500 sheet feeder paper size switch 3 SW2104 500 sheet feeder paper size switch 4 TSW1 Fuser thermal switch TH1301 Fuser roller thermistor Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 237 PS307 PS1306 Y PS303 TSW1 V ETT Figure 139 Printer sensors Figure 140 250 sheet feeder sensors 238 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 141 500 sheet feeder sensors Figure 142 Duplexer sensors Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 239 www GovTechMedia com SW101 SW401 N S SW402 CO S E SW408 SLB SW404 C SW405 SW406 Figure 143 Printer switches SW1604 SW1602 Figure 144 250 sheet feeder switches 240 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com SW2101 E SW2102 SA SW2103 SW2104 Figure 145 500 sheet feeder switches Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 241 www GovTechMedia com Figure 146 Motors fans and fuser heaters see table 56 on page 243 242 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Figure 147 Motors duplexer Table 56 Motors fans and fuser heaters Symbol Name of symbol Code Name Motor M1 Main motor Mm M1501 Paper feeder pickup motor 250 sheet paper feeder P
156. efault for printer 53 setting for control panel 44 verifying for printer 109 laser beam 86 drive 76 laser safety statements 32 33 laser scanner assembly location 127 removing and replacing 164 left corner cover removing and replacing 126 left front corner cover removing and replacing 177 left side cover removing and replacing 123 legal paper specifications 25 letter paper overriding A4 48 specifications 25 life expectancy printer components 68 toner cartridges 79 light print 217 lights on control panel 42 linefeed appending to line feed 52 lines smudged 221 white 221 222 Linux 16 LocalTalk availability by model 18 network compatibility 16 lock on control panel 206 locked menus message 193 loose toner 219 low toner setting reaction to 54 low voltage power supply circuit 72 M main gear assembly location 127 removing and replacing 134 main motor description 77 243 removing and replacing 165 main power switch 237 maintenance agreements 37 initial steps 111 performing 65 setting page count 60 61 68 tools 111 turning off message 54 maintenance kit 260 manual feed turning on and off 48 304 Index www GovTechMedia com manuals ordering 259 map of control panel menus See control panel menu map margins adjusting top after paper handling PCA replaced 132 for envelopes 30 setting wider for A4 paper 52 mass storage installing 110 options 16 printing information about 47 Material Safety Data
157. efect ruler on page 223 Table 49 Skew Possible cause Action AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbcc AaBbCc AaBbCc Media does not meet printer specifications or is stored improperly 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Media is not loaded correctly or trays are not adjusted correctly Make sure that media is loaded correctly and that the guides fit correctly against the stack Registration assembly is incorrectly installed or damaged Make sure that the registration assembly is installed correctly Replace it if necessary 220 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 50 Smudged lines either direction Possible cause Action Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc PPPppp CJ QU QU QU UU Paper path contamination or damage 1 Check the toner cartridge by performing the half self test functional check see page 224 Replace it if necessary 2 Run a cleaning page through the printer see page 67 Check the fuser and replace it if necessary 3 Check the Tray 1 feed roller and other trays separation pads and rollers for contamination Clean or replace as necessary 4 Check for other sources of con
158. enu on the control panel change the fuser mode setting or choose another media type from the printer driver Bad transfer roller If the transfer roller has finger oils on its surface is dirty or is worn out this problem can result Clean the transfer roller using a dry lint free cloth Do nottouch the transfer roller with your fingers If the problem persists replace the transfer roller Poor high voltage contacts between dc controller and toner cartridge or transfer roller Inspect the contacts and clean them if they are dirty or replace them if they are damaged The dc controller is defective low transfer voltage Replace the dc controller Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 213 Table 39 Creases Possible cause Action Media does not meet the printer specifications or is AGBbDCTO stored improperly AaBbCc AaBbCc 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly AagBDCC Printer s operating AaBbCC environment does not meet Make sure that the printer s operating environment meets the specifications AQGBbCc the specifications Media is loaded incorrectly Make sure t
159. eoul 080 999 0700 Malaysia 60 3 295 2566 New Zealand 64 9 356 6640 Philippines 63 2 867 3551 Singapore 65 272 5300 Taiwan 886 2 2717 0055 Thailand 66 2 661 4000 Vietnam 84 0 8 823 4530 Latin America Argentina 0810 555 5520 Brazil Greater Sao Paulo 11 3747 7799 Outside Greater Sao Paulo 0800 157751 Chile 800 22 5547 Guatemala 800 999 5305 Mexico Mexico City 52 58 9922 Outside Mexico City 01 800 472 6684 Peru 0 0800 10111 Puerto Rico 1 877 2320 589 Venezuela Caracas 207 8488 Outside Caracas 800 47 777 Chapter 2 Service approach 39 40 Service approach Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printer operation Overview Using the control panel eire Vial pa eh gia oe ae es cane REN 42 Control panel layout 2 0 sss rr 42 Control panel lights 0 0 tte 42 Control panel keys llsssssessseseeee rh 43 Settings and defaults 0 0 cette tenes 44 Control panel mMenuS 0 00 hh 45 Private stored jobs menu EN eens 46 Information MENU 2 te E EAN 47 Paper handling menu eeen EE lh 48 Print Quallity menu ue oe m war ea x ale Pb a win as ae ACA RR A R de T 50 Printing MENU iem each eaten Ier PC ree led a ade Saeed Mipaghalay cae MP Rd Rad 51 Configuration menu sssslsessesee hrs 53 VO menu 2 esrs e eee eee eva Sa RR B XO Ry GE SUR CES ERR ERR du 55 EIO menu HP LaserJet 5100tn and 5100dtn printers 00 000 ce
160. eparation pad 2 While pressing down the paper lift plate callout 2 reach under the front of the tray and squeeze the black tabs callout 3 in figure 102 to release the separation pad from the tray Figure 101 Optional 250 sheet feeder separation pad removal 1 of 2 Figure 102 Optional 250 sheet feeder separation pad removal 2 of 2 3 f necessary pull the spring off of the old separation pad and then insert the spring onto the new separation pad 168 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Pickup roller 1 Remove the optional 250 sheet tray Set the feeder upside down on the work surface Press the locking tab callout 1 on the white side cam callout 2 and slide the cam and the black bushing callout 3 away from the roller callout 4 4 Slide the roller between the two cams rotate the roller 180 degrees and then remove the roller from the shaft Figure 103 Optional 250 sheet feeder pickup roller removal bottom of the printer To reinstall Orient the pin on the roller so that it lines up with the hole in one of the side bushings Slide the cam toward the roller until the tab snaps into place Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 169 www GovTechMedia com Sensing flag 1 Place the optional 250 sheet feeder face up on a work surface and remove the 250 sheet tray 2 Use the
161. epping motors They are controlled both in straight and reverse rotation by the microcomputer CPU on the duplexing driver PCA The reversing roller is driven by the reversing motor PM1701 The feed and refeed rollers are driven by the refeed motor PM1703 The side registration guide is driven by the side registration guide drive motor PM1702 and is adjusted according to the size of the paper De controller Lpa line Duplexing driver PCA ERN py y 2 a a vg 5 z o oc S E o a m n DG gt a x o pg e Z a 9 3 Pa a v ES x 2 T Zils S BES g 5 3 E 29 eo D 0 5l 2 5 2 5 5 3 Elo sa S 5 E 3 2 g S 8 s o 5 9g a aj 3 o o gt ac w 8 c Ss o gt D gt S E e ett 2 5 oc OQ 3 5 e a UM x 5 3 uper B ae 2 a 2 PM1701 a r E Y a S E E fi SL1701 EN 9 OO B zd gReversing roller 2 a 2 ar NN Ta o 7 Me el x usto ES OL g ime ma E YI iuo Duplex uisu vo ag pO Q O Io 4 Reversing roller 1 O PS1701 E F Feed roller 3 Refeed roller 2 _ Reversing roller 3 I a a i xw e A PS1702 C 6 Reversing roller 4 Feed roller 1 Feed roller 2 Refeed roller 1 fo fue Figure 30 Paper feed for the duplexer 98 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Reversing system The
162. er on the printed page by up to 50 percent Caution HP does not recommend full time use of EconoMode If EconoMode is used full time it is possible that the toner supply will outlast the mechanical parts in the toner cartridge Note It is best to turn EconoMode on or off from the printer driver or software application Driver and software settings override control panel settings Lighten or darken the print on the page by changing the toner density setting The settings range from 1 light to 5 dark but the default setting of 3 usually produces the best results No value to select Press Select to print a cleaning page for cleaning excess toner from the paper path In order for the cleaning page to work properly print the page on copier grade paper not bond or rough paper Follow the instructions on the cleaning page No value to select This item appears only after a cleaning page has been generated as described above Press Select to process the cleaning page Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printing menu Some items in this menu can be opened from a software application or from the printer driver if the appropriate driver is installed Printer driver and software application settings override control panel settings Table 19 Printing menu ltem Values Explanation Set the default number of copies by selecting any number from 1 to 999 Press
163. ery sensor 97 237 fuser roller thermistor 237 fuser thermal switch 237 fusing process 89 fusing roller 89 fusing roller heater 73 fusing temperature variable 89 90 G gateway setting 56 gear assemblies main location 127 main removing and replacing 134 pickup removing and replacing 136 Go key on control panel 43 gray background 218 H half duplex operation setting 57 handle mounting gear order of removal 112 hard disk description 79 EIO feature 16 failure 193 195 full 193 195 initializing 63 write protected 193 heater for fusing roller 73 heaters for fuser 243 heavy paper 31 help service and support 36 high voltage power distribution process 74 high voltage power supply circuit 74 HP Connect Online website 259 HP Customer Care Online 259 HP Customer Support HPCS 36 HP FastRes setting 50 HP PartnerCare 37 HP ProRes description 16 setting 50 HP service agreements 37 approach 36 HP support assistant compact disc 37 HP Technical Training support 259 HP authorized resellers and support 37 HPCS HP Customer Support 36 HP UX 16 humidity requirements 24 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com I O clearing buffer 58 description of process 79 dynamic and context sensitive switching 81 remote configuration and status readback 81 setting buffer 55 timeout 55 I O cards optional expanded 79 part and product numbers 260 I O menu on control panel 55 IBM operating systems 16 identification labels on pri
164. es 0 000 c eee eee eee 261 Diagrams and parts lists llis n 262 Alphabetical parts list 2 00 RII eae 290 Numerical parts llSt 2s nen Praag eee eB a dqpene RR Be aerated sachs 294 Index Q1860 90918 7 www GovTechMedia com 8 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com www GovTechMedia com Figures Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Sample identification labels 00 00 c eens 19 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100 printer and HP LaserJet 5100Le printer 21 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100tn printer and HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer 22 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100 series printer with accessories 23 Envelopes with double side seams 000 tee 30 Control panel layOUt 2 2 00 uei re katie e5Bzer seereRere Reb iad bu WE hes Rac 42 Service menu idis nani ea ea E A a E a a i a a E E EA 59 Location of the trans
165. esence of paper and whether the paper has been correctly fed the following paper sensors are installed e Registration roller paper sensor PS403 Top of page sensor PS402 e Fuser paper delivery sensor PS1306 If the paper does not reach or pass through any of the sensors within the specified period of time the microprocessor CPU on the dc controller PCA notifies the formatter of a 13 x paper jam Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 97 www GovTechMedia com Duplexer This function is to reverse the one side printed paper from the printer and refeed it into the printer The duplexer operation sequence is controlled by the duplexing driver PCA The duplexing driver PCA has an 8 bit microcomputer which controls the serial communications between the duplexer and the dc controller PCA of the printer The duplexing driver PCA drives motors and solenoids with various commands from the dc controller PCA The duplexing driver PCA also sends the status of the duplexer back to the printer Reversing refeed system The paper is first fed into the duplexer with the duplex deflector in the printer In the duplexer the reversing roller switches the feeding direction of the paper After the side registration guide adjusts the side registration the paper is sent back into the printer with the feed and refeed rollers The reversing motor PM1701 the side registration guide drive motor PM1702 and the refeed motor are all st
166. esolution Enhancement technology description 16 78 setting 50 reversing motor 243 reversing roller 98 reversing unit paper sensor 100 revision level of printer 19 right corner cover removing and replacing 126 right side cover removing and replacing 123 rollers charging 85 cleaning 66 delivery removing and replacing 162 expected life 68 feed 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 178 pickup 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 169 pickup 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 179 pickup Tray 2 removing and replacing 142 separation 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 182 Tray 1 removing and replacing 140 ROM read only memory 80 rotation functional check 224 rough paper setting printer for 49 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com S safety statements 32 33 saving power 53 toner 50 values on control panel 43 scalable PCL fonts 16 scanner drive 76 motor 77 screws part numbers 261 SDRAMs part and product numbers 260 supported 80 security information on configuration page 206 Select key on control panel 43 sensing flag 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 170 sensors 250 sheet feeder 229 230 238 500 sheet feeder 231 232 239 complete list 237 duplexer 234 239 face down bin full removing and replacing 157 paper path 227 236 printer 238 top of page 156 separation pads 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 168 cleaning 66 expected life 68 Tray 1 removing and replacing 141 Tray 2 remo
167. espond with the arrow pointing up in Tray 1 or pointing down in other trays 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Media surface is too rough Use paper with the correct finish smoothness to meet HP specifications Media surface is too smooth for proper toner adhesion Use paper with the correct finish smoothness to meet HP specifications Bad transparencies Transparencies can have this problem because they are not designed for proper toner adhesion Use HP approved transparencies for monochrome LaserJet printers see the HP LaserJet Printer Family Paper Specification Guide Printer s operating environment does not meet specifications Make sure that the printer s operating environment and paper storage environment meets specifications Dirty fuser roller is lifting part of the image from the paper Process a cleaning page see page 67 Several pages might be required if the fuser is very dirty Defective or nearly empty toner cartridge Replace the toner cartridge Wrong toner density setting From the print quality menu on the control panel adjust the toner density setting Make sure EconoMode is off Wrong fuser setting for the media type From the paper handling m
168. et feeder 2 0f 2 x est de x EE dace ERBEN SEA ERES 286 PCA assemblies 500 sheet feeder 00 000 e eee lesse 288 Duplexer ever bier een teed eae tie ke ud een tee aac gate ges 289 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia c om Tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Table 38 Table 39 Table 40 Table 41 Table 42 Table 43 Table 44 Table 45 Table 46 Table 47 Table 48 Table 49 Table 50 Table 51 Table 52 Printer Teat res iere rara ea been tees A decked dae Pees Ra eaten ee 16 Comparison of HP LaserJet 5100 Series printers 000000 llus 18 Power requirements osni rrara eara a AEA EAEN e NLA EATE RA 20 Environmental specifications llle 24 Acoustics specifications 0 00 nes 24 Paper specifications Tray Tuen dannes r eia aa NE EANN eens 25 Paper specifications Tray 2 or other 250 sheet feeder 25 Paper specifications 500 sheet feeder 0000 0c eee eee eee eee 26 Paper specifications duplexer NER Ekke eee 26 Medla ISSUeS zs bob feedubestdted aged tied eae MA peed eee bet EA a 27 Enve
169. etdirect and download or delete fonts See the software help for more information The flash DIMM is protected and no new files can be written to it Disable the write protection through HP Jetdirect An input paper handling device has a condition that needs attention before printing can resume For assistance see the documentation that came with the paper handling device The toner cartridge has been removed and must be replaced for printing to continue The printer is unable to print the current job because the specified tray is open or not inserted correctly Reinsert the specified tray alternates with Programs and fonts can be stored on the printer s file system At startup these entities are loaded into RAM These entities can take a long time to load into FM depending on the size and number of entities being loaded The lt specifies a sequence number that indicates that the current program is being loaded Load the requested print media into Tray 1 Press Go if the media you want is already loaded in Tray 1 Press VALUE to scroll through the available types and sizes Press SELECT to accept an alternative type or size No memory is available in the printer The current job might not print correctly and some resources such as downloaded fonts or macros might have been deleted You might want to add more memory to the printer see page 107 194 Troubles
170. event log on the control panel or you can print it Open the event log from the control panel information menu Select The event log retains the printer s last 30 error messages See the list of printer messages that begins on page 193 for more information about correcting event log messages on the printer The event log codes and the error message that appears on the control panel do not always correspond exactly The numbers in the control panel message might not be the same in the event log the decimal numbers might be shifted by one digit For example ion the control panel appears as 13 01 in the event log HP LaserJet 5100 series printers UA Current Page Count 170 Serial Number XXXXXXXXXX Number Error Page Count Description or Personality 20 41 03 00 135 PCLXL 19 13 1 50 134 PAPER FEED 1 PAPER LATE JAM 18 41 03 00 112 PCLXL 17 41 03 00 111 PCLXL 16 41 03 00 110 PCLXL 15 41 03 00 109 PCLXL 14 41 03 00 106 PCLXL 13 13 1 50 103 PAPER FEED 1 PAPER LATE JAM 12 41 03 00 101 PCLXL 11 41 03 00 100 PCLXL 10 41 03 00 99 PCLXL 9 41 03 00 92 PCLXL 41 03 00 91 PCLXL 7 41 03 00 90 PCLXL 6 41 03 00 89 PCLXL 5 41 03 00 72 PCLXL 4 41 03 00 71 PCLXL 3 41 03 00 70 PCLXL 2 41 03 00 69 PCLXL 1 50 02 00 0 Event log page Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 191 Note View the event log at the control panel If the printer cannot print or move any paper follow these steps to view the event log a
171. exer Figure 32 Duplexer Paper jam in the duplexer The following sensors are located to detect the presence of paper and to determine whether the paper is correctly fed reversing unit paper sensor PS1701 refeed paper sensor PS1703 If the paper does not reach or pass through any of the sensors within the specified period of time the microprocessor CPU on the dc controller PCA notifies the formatter of a 13 x paper jam 100 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Basic sequence of operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com The formatter PCA and the dc controller board share information over a serial data bus This allows printer status command and dot image data to be passed between the two PCAs Table 27 shows the general timing of the printer events The following events take place during normal printer operation Table 27 Basic sequence of operation Period Timing Purpose Remark WAIT From power on until the main Clears the drum During this period the motor completes the initial surface potential and printer detects the toner drive cleans the transfer level and the presence charging roller of the cartridge STBY standby From the end of the WAIT Makes the printer ready period until the PRNT signal to print is input from the formatter or from the end of the LSTR period until the PRNT signal is input from the formatter or until the power is turned off INTR initia
172. fer roller do not touch ssaaaaaaaaaaa eee eee ee 66 Paper feed subsystem eine taar EKE cee I RAAE RAT AE SA 71 Low voltage power supply circuit 1 0 2 0 ee eee 72 High voltage power supply Circuit 2 2 00 BIS 74 Dc controller PGA i iss aaAcieds peated x ROM ae a olin ERR Verb gea 75 Mairismotor control sie up d obese ee Me Sheed eee bee tee MER ERI MERE SO 77 Image formation system eere a rne Ek A NE A e 82 Toner cartridge ena s here en SEEN E DERE EN dean eat ass 83 Photosensitive Drum e utei Cee kegs eA ee ee ask Qr KO ogee XR 84 Cleaning the dr m vexat MER aa itd eee dei METAM RAR Eee 84 Priman charging toler snare se eoed pees hie e eae Bee eee AR ee eed et ed 85 Writing the image AKS he eme prx wade bance aware bane wae Shang we ade pane 86 Developing the image sss IRI Ih 87 Transferring the image slsleeleeeeeee e nen 88 Image TUSING 4c cuoio Aa ere riter UEREP UE E uae dads Me ees whee bU E FD 89 Fusing temperature control s ersro meri erena erta Er AN ERR n 90 Paper pathi cense Lin cea th yeas Meg Agen Baca Ae yg dh RGUDAD REA ONE SAA A 91 Tray T plekKup sient er teer devine tenete tac e tbe tec dete MON eL d 92 Tray 2 Paper palhi ou s ele p Rursbtrineleeues ehe IRRERIEI CIEL ae sees 93 Paper skew correction 2l lseeesseeeeeeleee RE EE RARA ad 94 250 sheet paper feeder 2 0 ccc eee tees 95 500 sheet paper feeder e a E A EER ee eens 96 Paper feed for t
173. g 00 eee eae 124 Contents 9 10 www GovTechMedia com Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 Figure 95 Figure 96 Figure 97 Figure 98 Figure 99 Figure 100 Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Tray 1 inner cover removal 2 of 2 front of printer 0 eee eee 125 Corner covers removal 0 0 00 cece eee 126 Internal assemblles cer ELixaeeinReeRCxeeiIngorneeqeri4rhd deals BERE 127 Transfer roller assembly removal 1 of 3 llis 128 Transfer roller assembly removal 2 of 3 eee tee 129 Transfer roller assembly removal 3 of 3 llis 129 Reinstalling the transfer roller llle 130 Paper handling PCA removal 0 00 0 cece seh 131 Adjusting the top Margin 45 1 0 nerin RER eee 132 Location of VR401 on the paper handling PCA 00 0c cece eee eee 133 Main gear assembly removal 1 of 2 left side
174. g off of the old separation pad and then insert the spring onto the new separation pad 4 Replace the separation pad Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 143 www GovTechMedia com Paper feed roller assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left side cover page 123 the main gear assembly page 134 the paper handling PCA page 131 and the pickup gear assembly page 136 2 Remove the paper feed roller clutch callout 1 that is located on the left side of the paper feed roller assembly Remove the e clip on the clutch and slide the clutch off the shaft 3 Free all cables from the retaining clip on the inside of the chassis behind the left corner cover callout 2 Figure 75 Paper feed roller assembly removal 1 of 3 left side view of printer 144 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 4 Remove the two M3x8 machine screws callout 1 that are in the center of the printer and under the registration assembly roller guide r w L4 e Figure 76 Paper feed roller assembly removal 2 of 3 location of two screws inside the printer Remove the paper tray and tilt the printer back with the front facing up Remove the four self tapping screws callout 2 that hold the paper feed roller assembly to the chassis They are located on the bottom of the printer Figure 77 Paper feed roller assembly removal 3 of 3 bottom view of printer 7 Remove the paper feed r
175. guide home position signal HREG Reversing unit paper signal DXSWBS Gy Reversing motor drive signal SL1701 O Reversing roller 2 Q lol Bae COs m deflector bir MEET om ON Reversing roller 1 OO PS1701 Feed roller 3 Refeed roller 2 Reversing roller 3 Fr rnm 1 Z NIIS H PS1702 S170 k A Reversing roller 4 Feed roller 1 Feed roller 2 Refeed roller 1 la PM17027 Figure 136 Duplexer Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 235 www GovTechMedia com Sensors and signals The following figures show key components sensors and switches that control the operation of the printer Table 55 on page 237 shows the name of each sensor switch clutch and solenoid in the printer Delivery rollers E OG TVs ls O A Tray 1 7 Registration roller picis roller Photosensitive drum SL404 O v J PS303 PS402 PS403 PS401 a E vA F Q NL 6 TOTA lt MV S Feed belt AG PS1306 7O Q y O eo P302 Feed CLADE H 6 I roller T Fuser transfer roller SEG A sw4o3 CT __ eura cei es PS301 I Swaos Swaos C lt t swaoe _ P Tray 2 pickup roller I N O O O Q OQO sen PE Pr Gg a es aa OIO Optional 250 sheet tray 21 Optional 500 sheet tray Figure 137 Paper path and components see fig
176. hMedia com Preliminary operating checks Before troubleshooting a specific printer problem make sure that the following conditions are met e The printer is being maintained on a regular basis and in accordance with the procedures described in chapter 4 e The customer is using acceptable print media as specified in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Paper Specification Guide e The printer is positioned on a solid level surface The line voltage does not vary more than 10 percent from the nominal rated value specified on the power rating label The operating environment for the printer and print media is within the temperature and humidity specifications listed in chapter 1 of this manual e The printer is never exposed to ammonia fumes including those produced by diazo copiers or office cleaning materials e The printer is not exposed to direct sunlight Non HP components such as refilled toner cartridges font cartridges and memory boards are removed from the printer When the printer is moved into a warm room from a cold location such as a warehouse various problems can result because of cold printer parts and condensation in the printer For example if the photosensitive drum is cold the resistance of the photoconductive layer will be high This will lead to incorrect contrast Leave the printer idle for 10 to 20 minutes before printing so that the printer can warm to the temperature of the room and to dissipate
177. hMedia com Removing and replacing parts Overview User installable accessories lille ne 107 Checking memory installation llli IIIA 109 Installing EIO cards or mass storage devices 0 2 0c ects 110 Before you begin repi as RE ee nn 111 Replacing printer parts seres eridenen ORAA EE EE nee 111 Removing loose toner ssrercrrirrnisu idast nan eee ae 111 Required Tools eee E E E A alee oa EEEN e RR RR He 111 OVENS CM ai U Ree EEA A laa AES h AE down oe OA edie ec ele a een Pe a a a ars 113 Rear door and rear output DIN eae 113 FUSER sos eR ecu Xe Rs x ae eagle ca eae as wa eR a AS 114 Io B 115 Control panel overlay and control panel 0 000 eee lesse 117 Toner cartridge door assembly 0 2 0 ees 119 Front cover and Tray 1 20 0 ee en 120 Froni Cover PINS D wane ehh RE KREA GEN alae eae eee 121 Face dOWMN COVED c Lua Races ee ak a a UR bd nd Pa ee a ee 122 Left and right side coverS 1 00 ete 123 Tray dinner COVER icc ae xk RR Rea bor ha We a Wine DE Rd aati D eS Rn 124 Right and left corner covers 1 2 0 eee eae 126 Internal assemblieS 0 m 127 Transfer roller assembly 0 00 eee ee 128 Paper handling PCA io i emaisa aiaa aaa Dai a hh 131 Main gear assembly REN ENE ENN SDR FEE NREN en 134 Pickup gear assembly se 0 00 cee RE ar AA a e KOR ar 136 Tray 1 pickup solenoid o oreesa E Gd eR ea e qe Re OR dr EG EUR PEN 137 zu MC EE 138 Form
178. hat media is loaded correctly and that the guides fit correctly against the stack Wrong tray Print from Tray 1 when you use difficult media Wrong output bin for the media type Print to the rear output bin Obstruction in the paper path 1 Check the paper path for debris 2 Check for damaged components that might be creasing the paper Table 40 Curl Possible cause Action Media does not meet the DK 771 printer specifications or is Ago stored improperly AaBbCC 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly AaBbCC Printer s operating AaBbCc environment does not meet Make sure that the printer s operating environment meets the specifications AciBpcs ENTER Wrong output bin Print to a different output bin top or rear output bin Wrong fuser setting for the media type From the paper handling menu on the control panel change the fuser mode setting or choose another media type from the printer driver 214 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 41 Dark print Possible cause Action AaBbCc Wrong toner density setting From the print quality menu on
179. he duplexer liil 98 Duplexer 225 be dob rne der pede aad mare guar a aa dede b demde 99 D plexer cioe ben E e Peek BR up E OX IEEE Ke Yel M a aes Y 100 Timing diagram two consecutive prints on A4 paper 600 dpi face down delivery 102 Timing diagram two consecutive prints on A4 paper 1200 dpi face down delivery 103 Installing EIO cards or mass storage devices l l 110 Paper handling accessories configurations 00 eee eee 110 Rear door and rear output bin removal 1 of 2 0 2 2 2 ee 113 Rear door and rear output bin removal 2 of 2 lisse 113 Fuser removal rear view of printer lille 114 Top cover removal 1 of 3 soner eee nel 115 Top cover removal 2 0f 3 estes bevens terere ed RD MA Ra 116 Top cover removal 3 0T 3 cie oeikzsrirteelereE enses 9E P DR RESEERA 116 Control panel overlay removal sssleese e 117 Control panel removal issslsleses eae 118 Toner cartridge door assembly removal underside of the top cover door 119 Front cover remiVal ihwerensveerterbbtk werk iue da M apbieriea qq Ere 120 Tray T g uide removal 3 dere ace ie rete EE Y EP RE m US Munera 120 Front cover pins removal 0 2 2 0 cee hne 121 Face down cover removal 1 of 2 00 eee eee 122 Face down cover removal 2 of 2 0 cece eee 122 Side covers removal 00 cece cette teens 123 Tray 1 inner cover removal 1 of 2 inner cover fla
180. he printer If the control panel reads ii i you released the keys too soon 2 After the three LEDs under the display are lit press the right side of the MENU key and then press SELECT The 5 message appears To exit the service mode press Go Service menu Figure 7 Service menu Q1860 90918 Chapter 3 Printer operation 59 www GovTechMedia com Note 60 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com Setting the page count maintenance count and serial number The page counts and serial numbers are stored in nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM If it is necessary to replace the formatter PCA the page counts should be set to the current value to reflect the age of the print engine and maintenance items The procedure for setting the serial number is similar to setting the page counts Before replacing the formatter PCA print a configuration page to verify the current page count and serial number of the printer if possible Use the information on the configuration page to reset the page counts and serial number for the new formatter PCA Page count The page count stored in NVRAM and shown on the configuration page printout represents the number of pages that the printer has printed excluding engine test prints If it becomes necessary to repair a printer by installing a new formatter the page count must be set so that it represents the age of the print engine rather th
181. hooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action The printer changed its memory settings because it did not have enough memory to use the previous settings for I O buffering and resource saving This usually occurs after memory is removed from the printer a duplexer is added or a printer language is added You might want to change memory settings for I O buffering and resource saving although default settings are usually best or add more memory to the printer see page 107 The printer did not have enough free memory to print the entire job The remainder of the job will not print and will be cleared from memory Press Go to continue Change the resource saving setting from the printer control panel see page 53 or add more memory to the printer see page 107 The printer had to compress the job in order to fit it in available memory Some data loss might have occurred Press Go to continue You might want to add more memory to the printer see page 107 alternates with The data dense text rules raster or vector graphics sent to the printer was too complex Press Go to print the transferred data Some data might be lost If this message appears often simplify the print job Press Go to place the printer online The output bin is full and needs to be emptied
182. hts on the control panel are lit Press MENU and the VALUE Press SELECT Chapter 3 Printer operation 63 System configuration MS DOS system configuration To communicate properly with the printer the MS DOS environment requires the addition or modification of MODE commands in the AUTOEXEC BAT file Add or modify the MODE command s as follows Parallel MS DOS commands Most IBM compatible computers default to a parallel printer port To make sure that information is sent to your parallel printer port type the following MS DOS command at your MS DOS prompt or include it in your AUTOEXEC BAT file MODE LPT1 B Note This example assumes that you are using parallel printer port LPT1 If you are using LPT2 or LPT3 replace LPT1 in the example with the printer port that you are using Because the MODE command is an external MS DOS command a program named MODE COM runs when the MODE command is invoked the program file must be contained in the root directory or in a directory specified in a preceding PATH command in the AUTOEXEC BAT file After changing the AUTOEXEC BAT file restart the computer to initiate the changes Printer I O configuration Parallel menu The default setting for the i 5 If itis set to HO the interface runs at a slower speed that is compatible with older computers When the default i is set to parallel interface runs at a higher rate that is supported by newer computers Adva
183. icked or otherwise damaged e Size Tray 1 the multipurpose tray handles envelope sizes from 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches to 312 by 470 mm 12 28 by 18 5 inches Chapter 1 Printer description 29 Envelopes that have double side seams Double side seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope rather than diagonal seams This style can be more likely to wrinkle Be sure that the seam extends all the way to the corner of the envelope as illustrated below Acceptable Unacceptable Figure 5 Envelopes with double side seams Envelopes that have adhesive strips or flaps Envelopes that have a peel off adhesive strip or more than one flap that folds over to seal must use adhesives that are compatible with the heat and pressure in the printer The extra flaps and strips might cause wrinkling creasing or jams Envelope margins The following table shows typical address margins for a Commercial 10 or DL envelope Table 11 Envelope margins Type of address Top margin Left margin Return address 15 mm 0 6 inch 15 mm 0 6 inch Delivery address 51 mm 2 inches 89 mm 3 5 inches Note For the best print quality position margins no closer than 15 mm 0 6 inch from the edges of the envelope Envelope storage Proper storage of envelopes helps contribute to good print quality Envelopes should be stored flat If air is trapped in an envelope creating an air bubble the envelope might wrinkle d
184. ides The engine has activated its rollers to check for possible paper jams A print job requested a printer language that does not exist in the printer The job will not print and will be cleared from memory Print the job using a driver for a different printer language or add the requested language to the printer if it is available Note PostScript is not available for the HP LaserJet 5100Le printer Press Go to continue The top cover is open and must be closed in order for printing to continue The EIO disk had a critical failure and can no longer be used Remove the EIO disk and replace it with a new one The requested operation could not be performed You might have attempted an illegal operation such as trying to download a file to a nonexistent directory Delete files from the EIO disk and then try again or add a flash DIMM Download or delete files from HP Jetdirect and download or delete fonts See the printer software help for more information The EIO disk is protected and no new files can be written to it Disable the write protection through HP Jetdirect The EIO network card is not working correctly Reseat the EIO accessory If the message continues replace it with a new EIO accessory Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 193 Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action The disk accessory card takes a long time to initialize The fi
185. ing roller The primary charging roller is coated with conductive rubber with an ac bias applied to erase any residual charges and maintain a constant drum surface to create a uniform negative potential on the drum surface The amount of dc voltage is modified by the print density setting Primary charging roller AC bias Photosensitive Drum E DC bias 77 77 Figure 18 Primary charging roller Q1860 90918 Chapter 5 Functional information 85 www GovTechMedia com Figure 19 Writing the image During the writing process a modulated laser diode projects the beam onto the rotating six sided scanning mirror As the mirror rotates the beam reflects off the mirror through a set of focusing lenses through a slot in the rear of the toner cartridge and onto the photosensitive drum The beam sweeps the drum from left to right discharging the negative potential wherever the beam strikes the surface This creates a latent electrostatic image which later is developed into a visible image Cylindrical lens Laser driver Scanning mirror BD mirror Scanner motor Reflective mirror Focusing lens BDIC PCB Photosensitive drum Writing the image Because the beam is sweeping the entire length of the drum and the drum is rotating the entire surface area of the drum can be covered The speed of the scanner motor which turns the scanning mirror and the speed of the main motor which turns the drum are synchronize
186. inter driver and software application settings override control panel settings Table 18 Print quality menu Item Values Explanation Select the resolution from the following values E Produces draft print quality at the printer s maximum speed 22 ppm 300 dpi dots per inch is recommended for some bitmapped fonts and graphics and for compatibility with the HP LaserJet III family of printers Produces high print quality at the printer s maximum speed on ppm F Produces optimum print quality comparable to 1200 dpi at the printers maximum speed 58 ppm Produces optimum print quality true 1200 dpi at half the printer s maximum speed 11 ppm When the resolution is changed any resources that have been downloaded such as fonts or macros have to be downloaded again unless they are stored on an optional hard disk or flash DIMM Note It is best to change the resolution from the printer driver or software application Driver and software settings override control panel settings Use the printers Resolution Enhancement technology REt setting to produce print with smooth angles curves and edges REt does not affect print quality when the print resolution is set to ProRes 1200 All other print resolutions including FastRes 1200 benefit from REt Turn EconoMode on to save toner or off for high quality EconoMode creates draft quality printing by reducing the amount of ton
187. invent www GovTechMedia com hp LaserJet 5100 series printers service www GovTechMedia com Hewlett Packard Company 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 U S A www GovTechMedia com Copyright Hewlett Packard Company 2002 All Rights Reserved Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws Publication number Q1860 90918 First Edition May 2002 Warranty The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Hewlett Packard makes no warranty of any kind with respect to this information HEWLETT PACKARD SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Hewlett Packard shall not be liable for any direct indirect incidental consequential or other damage alleged in connection with the furnishing or use of this information Trademark Credits PostScript is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated HP UX Release 10 20 and later and HP UX Release 11 00 and later in both 32 and 64 bit configurations on all HP 9000 computers are Open Group UNIX 95 branded products Microsoft Windows MS DOS and Windows NT are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation TrueType is a U S trademark of Apple Computer Inc UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service ma
188. ion circuit i cylinder NR O O O ANT JH406 LO NRCHKT oa From toner Transfer charging bias circuit i sensor TRPWM i Positive current Comparator detection circuit i i Superimposed JH403 i i i iti TR T403 TRPFOT Positive voltage ae p generation circuit i To transfer TROAN i i charging roller TRNFOT Negative voltage generation circuit Static charge eliminator bias circuit DSCON Negative current lt q Gomparator detection circuit i JH404 i DSC T403 e di bares Mp gt o generation circui To static i charge i eliminator Re charger bias circuit i RECON Positive current P Comparator detection circuit i JH405 i Positive voltage ee 7407 e a generation circuit To re charger 45V LLL VREF 1200DPI Howe pe t Reference voltage generate circuit 4 5V High voltage power supply circuit In response to the instructions from the microprocessor CPU on the dc controller this circuit applies the superimposed voltage of dc voltage and ac voltage to the primary charging roller and developing cylinder and a positive or negative dc voltage to the transfer charging roller According to the image density information sent from the formatter PCA this circuit varies the primary dc bias and developing dc bias to adjust the image density Q1860 90918 Toner cartridg
189. ion sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1782 000CN Lever top of page sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1783 000CN Spring registration sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1784 000CN Spring top of page sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1790 000CN Sensor mount rear of controller pan Figure 177 on page 281 294 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Table 89 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Figure and page RB2 1791 000CN Sensor lever Figure 177 on page 281 RB2 1807 000CN Lever registration sensor Figure 171 on page 275 RB2 1808 000CN Spring registration sensor Figure 171 on page 275 RB2 1820 020CN Roller Tray 1 pickup Figure 165 on page 268 RB2 1821 020CN Pickup roller 250 sheet trays Figure 169 on page 273 RB2 1821 020CN Pickup roller 250 sheet trays Figure 179 on page 283 RB2 1825 000CN Spring Tray 2 size sensor Figure 164 on page 266 RB2 1856 040CN Toner cartridge engagement arm Figure 174 on page 278 RB2 1887 000CN Large feed belt Figure 170 on page 274 RB2 1888 000CN Small paper feed belts Figure 170 on page 274 RB2 1905 000CN Transfer roller bushing cover right Figure 170 on page 274 RB2 1977 000CN Strap rear output support Figure 162 on page 264 RB2 1980 000CN Lever bin full Figure 168
190. ists of six stages 1 Cleaning 4 Developing 2 Conditioning 5 Transferring 3 Writing 6 Fusing When the formatter board sends the print signal to the dc controller board it drives the main motor to rotate the photosensitive drum the developing cylinder the primary charging roller and the transfer charging roller The primary charging roller places a uniform negative charge on the surface of the photosensitive drum The laser beam modulated by the video signal is illuminated on the photosensitive drum surface to form the latent image on the drum with the laser diode The latent image formed on the photosensitive drum is changed to a visual image by the toner on the developing cylinder then transferred to the paper by the transfer charging roller The residual toner on the photosensitive drum surface is scraped down with the cleaning blade The potential on the drum is uniformed by the primary charging roller to prepare for a new latent image After the image has been transferred to the paper it is fused onto the paper by heat and pressure at the fuser The cartridge has a toner sensor that detects the level of remaining toner and the presence of the cartridge If the toner in the cartridge is lower than the specified level or if no cartridge is in the printer that information is reported to the formatter F zo NR O Laser beam a Primary charging roller p Tray 1 OO Blade i pickup roller Developing 3 cylinder
191. it to release the locating tab callout 4 and remove the main gear assembly CAUTION Be careful when you remove the assembly The toner cartridge engagement arm callout 5 can break if it is not handled carefully Figure 64 Main gear assembly removal 2 of 2 Note Remember to reconnect the cable at the top of the main gear assembly after you reinstall the assembly Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 135 www GovTechMedia com Pickup gear assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left side cover page 123 and the paper handling PCA page 131 Release the small spring callout 1 on the gear Remove the four self tapping screws callout 2 from the gear assembly Remove the pickup gear assembly from the chassis CAUTION Be careful not to damage the tray size sensor springs when removing or replacing the pickup gear assembly Figure 65 Pickup gear assembly removal left side of printer Note Before replacing the pickup gear assembly route the cables through the wire clip callout 3 that is on the back of the left corner cover Reattach the spring from the Tray 2 shaft gear to the shaft of the pickup assembly gear 136 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Tray 1 pickup solenoid 1 Remove the paper handling PCA see page 131 2 Remove the Tray 1 solenoid by removing one black machine screw callout 1 and sliding the solenoid assembly away from the pickup gear assembly
192. item appears only When an optional duplexer is installed Set the value to amp to print on both sides duplex or GFF to print on one side simpli of a sheet of paper This item appears only when an optional duplexer is installed and the duplex option is on Choose the binding edge when duplexing printing on both sides of paper Choose YEE to print on letter size paper when an A4 job is sent but no 0 M size paper is loaded in the printer or to print on A4 size paper when a letter job is sent but no letter size paper is loaded in the printer Configure the fuser mode that is associated with each paper type This is only necessary if you are experiencing problems when printing on certain paper types The fuser mode menu items are not accessible i Additional items appear Note To see the current default fuser mode for each paper type select EZ scroll back to the information menu and then print a menu map page 47 Q1860 90918 Table 17 Paper handling menu Item default Values Explanation This item appears only when amp Most paper types are set o I For a complete list of supported paper types see page 26 Q1860 90918 Chapter 3 Printer operation 49 www GovTechMedia com 50 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com Print quality menu Some items in this menu can be opened from a software application or from the printer driver if the appropriate driver is installed Pr
193. ith toner Clean spilled toner using a cloth dampened with cold water Chapter 4 Printer maintenance 67 Preventive maintenance The preventive maintenance cycle for this printer is every 150 000 pages To order the maintenance kit see page 260 The kit contains one fuser one transfer roller one Tray 1 pickup roller one Tray 1 separation pad two 250 sheet tray pickup rollers two 250 sheet tray separation pads four 500 sheet tray pickup rollers and two 500 sheet tray feed separation rollers See the instructions included in the kit for detailed replacement procedures Reset maintenance count After the printer maintenance kit has been installed reset the maintenance count 1 Turn the printer off 2 While pressing ITEM and VALUE turn the printer on appears followed by I After a few seconds Expected life of components The following table shows the expected life of certain components in the printer To order parts see chapter 8 Table 26 Expected life of components Part name Part number Expected life Tray 1 pickup roller RB2 1820 020CN 150 000 pages Tray 1 separation pad RF5 4119 000CN 150 000 pages 250 sheet tray pickup roller RB2 1821 020CN 150 000 pages 250 sheet tray separation pad RF5 4120 000CN 150 000 pages 500 sheet tray pickup rollers RB1 8865 000CN 150 000 pages 500 sheet tray feed separation rollers RF5 2634 000CN 150
194. iv screwdriver can damage screw heads 6 Removing and replacing parts 111 Parts removal order Use the following diagram to determine which parts must be removed before removing other parts Formatter assembly Dc controller and power supply L Paper feed belt assembly Front cover and tray 1 Front cover pins Tray 1 inner cover Tray 1 lift plate Paper guide Left and right corner covers Rear door and rear output bin Dc controller and power supply Paper feed belt assembly Face down bin full sensor lever Fuser L Paper feed belt assembly Top cover and toner cartridge Control panel overlay and control panel L Toner cartridge door assembly Face down cover L Laser scanner assembly Left and right side covers Accessory interface connector Dc controller and power supply L Paper feed belt assembly Face down bin full sensor lever Fan Main gear assembly Delivery roller Main motor Paper feed roller assembly Registration assembly Upper delivery assembly Paper handling PCA Pickup gear assembly Paper feed roller assembly Top of page sensor Tray 2 shaft Registration assembly Tray 1 shaft L Tray 1 lift plate L Paper guide Tray 1 pickup solenoid Power inlet assembly Toner cartridge guides Tray 1 inner cover Transfer roller assembly Paper feed belt assembly Registration assembly Tray 1 roller Tray 1 separation pad Tray 2 pickup roller Tray 2 separation pad 112 Removing and replacing parts Q1
195. jams jam occurs Are any sheets damaged or torn Is the customer loading the Observe the customer loading the trays Tell the customer not to fan the trays correctly paper Is the customer overfilling Make sure that media is NOT above the maximum fill marks in the paper the trays trays Observe the customer loading the trays Are the tray guides set Make sure that Tray 2 and 3 left side paper guides are set correctly at both correctly the front and rear of the tray and that the front guide is locked into the correct position For Tray 4 make sure that all adjustments are set correctly front back and side at the top and bottom of the tray Should the printer be Inspect the paper path and rollers See the cleaning procedures in cleaned chapter 4 When was the user Determine from the PCL configuration page the number of pages since the maintenance performed on last maintenance page 205 The Printer Maintenance Kit should be the printer installed every 150 000 images 202 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper path test To perform a paper path test o N OA F Q N Press MENU until ii appears Press ITEM until Fi appears Press SELECT Press to cycle selections until the input tray you want to test appears Press SELECT Press until the output bin you want to use appears open the rear output bin to print to it Press SEL
196. k to the first application and try printing a different file If the message only appears when you use a certain software application or print job have the customer contact the software vendor for assistance If the message persists try the following 1 Cycle the power 2 Reseat or replace the interface cable and cycle the power 3 Download the latest firmware image if available the firmware download is not available for some printers from http www hp com and use HP Jetdirect or another appropriate utility to update the printer 4 Remove the DIMMs one at a time and cycle the power 5 Try using the parallel interface if possible 6 Remove the EIO cards from the printer and then perform a cold reset 7 lf the error persists replace the formatter ix indicate the specific type of 200 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action The EIO accessory in slot has encountered a critical error as specified by x description 1 EIO slot 1 the printer detected an error with the EIO card 2 EIO slot 2 the printer detected an error with the EIO card 6 EIO slot 1 the EIO card detected an error The EIO card might be defective 7 EIO slot 2 the EIO card detected an error The EIO card might be defective 1 Turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on 2
197. l rotation After the PRNT signal is input from the formatter until the dc controller outputs the TOP signal Stabilizes the sensitivity of the photosensitive drum in preparation for printing and cleans the transfer charging roller to stabilize the transfer high voltage PRINT From the end of the INTR period until the top of the paper sensor detects the trailing edge of the paper Forms an image on the photosensitive drum according to the VDO and VDO signals input from the formatter and transfers the image to paper During this period the printer detects the remaining toner LSTR last rotations After the primary dc voltage turns off until the main motor stops Delivers the final page and cleans the transfer charging roller As soon as the PRNT signal is input from the formatter PCA the printer enters the INTR period Chapter 5 Functional information 101 pee seiq oBieuo eH oe seq Joyeulwije eBreuo ones g oBeyoA 1ejsue1 g So inoqy 1 oq seiq Buidojeneq 9y seiq Buidojaneq Da 9621 01 Areuug Q0 1Sd dO L reuBis eBed jo doy Ov eBeyoA Arewud a ZL 9L SL vl EL eL LL OL ZOvSd Josuas eBed jo doy s0719 uoinjo 1e o1 uoneujsi6eH 0vSd Josues Jaded 13 01 uonejsibeH 90719 uoinio 181101 pee 4 90 71S 1 plougjos dn yoid enesseo Apeas jeuueos g ZN 10104 jeuueog LIN 100w uen p
198. lacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Left and right side covers The removal procedure is the same for both the left and the right side covers 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 2 Locate the tab callout 1 in the top middle of the cover and release the tab by pushing down on it 3 Grab the side cover at the top and pull it toward the front of the printer to release the tabs With your other hand grab the lower back edge Rock the cover gently until it comes loose and remove the cover 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 for the other side cover Figure 51 Side covers removal Note For reassembly seat the tabs in the bottom of the side cover first Then snap on the top of the cover Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 123 www GovTechMedia com Tray 1 inner cover The Tray 1 inner cover is a plastic tray located at the top front of the printer See figure 53 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the front cover and Tray 1 page 120 and the left and right side covers page 123 CAUTION Be sure to locate the paper sensor flag on the left side of the cover before proceeding to step 3 The left end callout 1 rests in a cutout in the left side of the chassis and is easily broken In figure 52 the paper handling PCA is removed to make identification of the left end of the paper sensor flag easier The PCA does not have to be removed to remove the Tray 1 inner cover Figure 52 Tray 1 inner cover removal
199. led toner cartridges are in use 224 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Interface troubleshooting This section provides an overview of the printer s interface requirements Communications check Communication problems are normally the customer s responsibility Time spent attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the product s Hewlett Packard warranty Refer the customer to the network administrator for assistance in troubleshooting network problems If the printer is not connected to an MS DOS based host see EIO troubleshooting on page 225 PC direct connect parallel test After the printer is installed verify communications bypassing the Windows driver between the printer and the IBM compatible computer Enter the following at the MS DOS prompt C DIR gt LPT1 Enter for printing to parallel port 1 The printer should print a directory listing of the C X directory You might need to press Go on the control panel to print the data in the buffer EIO troubleshooting The Jetdirect configuration page shown in figure 127 on page 226 contains valuable information about the current status of the EIO accessories Before you attempt to troubleshoot a network problem or notify your network consultant of a problem always print a configuration page Jetdirect configuration See figure 127 on page 226 for an example of a Jetdirect page
200. ll sensor lever 0 0 lille I 157 Accessory interface connector lssslleeeele hn 158 Registration assembly oe aA ad iiia niak ln 159 Upper delivery assembly 00 00 e Ih 161 Delivery roller si rrada rand teak eere RE EI Ree MIS adda ba dad eee d wae 162 Laser scanner assembly 0 c cee teas 164 Man MOTO sooner A RIP ae ae deta DO ae aa oa a ee re 165 Toner cartridge guides 2 ccc teens 166 Power inlet assembly 0 0 0 eee eee eens 167 Q1860 90918 Optional 250 sheet feeder 1 2 0 rh 168 Separation pad wii eas eva deh iia ded ENA OG Sed eed eee eed ee eed EILEEN a 168 PICKUP TOO crossi euet ort ber rior t ER RR Ea tb peated eee alae RT a Een 169 SENSING MAG ux sciente REDI e Erie NER ker ua kd ira doa nds Mac Ted 170 Control PGA ca ee cee cee meen Pee eae Se o o ur RO VOS AUR UTOR CRM Le e E 171 Paper size spring assembly lsilleseeleeeeeee ae 173 Optional 500 sheet feeder cc rh 174 Covers and base frame 0 0 0 hh 174 Tray indicator assembly 0 0 GE eee 176 Left front corner cover installation 2 0 0 0 eee 177 500 sheet feeder feed roller 0 2 llli eh 178 500 sheet feeder pickup roller llli IA 179 500 sheet feeder PCAS ssusselseeleeeee rs 180 500 sheet feeder power connector 00 cette 181 500 sheet feeder separation roller 0 00 eee 182 7 Troubleshooting Troubleshooti
201. located at the top right corner of the page Select the support block frequently asked questions HP Technical Training USA http www partner americas hp com Classes and schedules Canada http www canada hp com Asia Pacific countries regions http partnercare asiapac hp com Latin America http www conecta latinamerica hp com Ordering parts All standard part numbers listed are stocked and can be ordered from HP s Customer Services and Support Center Hewlett Packard Co Hewlett Packard Co Customer Services and Support Center Customer Services and Support Center 8050 Foothills Blvd Wolf Hirth Strasse 33 Roseville CA 95678 D 7030 Parts Direct Ordering 1 800 227 8164 U S Only Boblingen Germany 49 7031 14 2253 Ordering consumables Consumables and accessories such as those listed in table 61 can be ordered from Hewlett Packard through the HP Web sites listed above or through the following phone numbers e U S 1 800 538 8787 Canada 1 800 387 3154 Toronto 516 671 8383 United Kingdom 0734 441212 Germany 0130 3322 Contact your local HP Parts Coordinator for other phone numbers Parts that have no item number or part number listed are not field replacement parts and cannot be ordered 8 Parts and diagrams 259 Accessories and supplies The following items are available through a local authorized HP dealer or through the HP Web site http www hp com Table 61 Accessories and sup
202. lope margins 2 c ce ete ne 30 Interpreting control panel lights lilii BIB 42 Control panel keys 20 0 0 ce hr hn 43 Settings and defaults iudi aceaee did aces tng idu b E EEORZMOR Ri ERE eg 44 Private stored jobs menu resin eri ee ne 46 Information MON iiis iem Legh eg dee Ee Ae eibi Dena ek ye 47 Paper handlingi Menu iue tkm CREER IIR ee eld a ok QE 48 Print quality Menu szmersbsitRRCpEVEREGIe l4 ae MEQUE tar eewereier 50 Printing Meni sumtus eer Peace edie Ga URN are bein eu bang waked Gare 51 Configuration menu 1 hh 53 J C men aro eaea e ae AE e techn tati E t Pee e Eire fara e deri fun 55 EIO menu for networked printers 60 0c eects 56 Ri8sets MENU tat uei dunvpedne e rear E SURE eda th eum aw qeniesauediat 58 Using control panel keys to change page count an example 61 Cleaning printer components 0000 cee rh 66 Expected life of components 0 0 c cece teens 68 Basic sequence of operation lille ees 101 Major steps for troubleshooting llis 184 Power on defect or blank display 0 c cece tet tee 188 No aC DONE davies teams Siddvceutee id acer REPRE eho a alene add 189 No dc poWer 5s ee obere e ph ey RE PRECES Gece Geared oe 189 Printer messages isare ea Leg Agee 3X9 MIR EX ee Megas DEO RE E 193 Configuration page categories 0 cee eens 206 Black lines in paper path direction 0 cece eee
203. lsieeeelele eh 276 250 sheet universal Mayo iov sb pa ESE ded hie OG Rae ER ERLUERICIAEEEQIA 277 Main gear assembly 0 00 cece eee hn 278 Pickup gear assembly Taa IEA eee 279 PCA assembly locations 0000 cette eee 280 Printer controller assembly ee re laane ken dre kd EROE EAEAN ERa 281 USGI seanoa en DSE eb aiios demit SEERE TESS SE DENE REEKS Gee ands ay gen han thea 282 250 sheet feeder secedere L R RE Rn Se esa RR eee XR RR 283 250 sheet feeder iota tex tx petens tee een e ese E edad ea ERR 284 500 sheet feeder 10f 2 2 0 ee teens 285 500 sheet feeder 2 of 2 ie ee ete 287 500 sheet feeder iic so ea en ee ea eet ee ea eels 288 D plexer iz 52 STAR E eects le atic ek nar eet leue i E LUE NER oe DU IU Li ii 289 Alphabetical pans Hol esie iei hen dates bade Het dd gh urtteber ra 290 Numerical parts list i os jcc kere biped ated aed wt eee eed Gated en Rees 294 Q1860 90918 Printer description Overview Printer features seu east eee cha ad Ga ee ee EE bus 16 Printer formation cs sed eoe mex Ree ee OR eee RURR e Alle Mar he eR n 17 IGSNUTICATION Em 19 Model and serial numbers 0 000 cee e 19 Site requirements seisan iaaio anra hh hh hn 20 Space requirementS 0000 cette 21 Paper specifications sse sa See ose Meee Wee RU S wh cae a e exo oes 25 Supported types of paper 1 suana aaaea 26 Guidelines for using paper 2 0 0 2 ccc eee 27 EJ rp 29 Transparen
204. m 148 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 3 inches 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib Maximum 297 by 432 mm 11 7 by 17 inches 1 The printer supports a wide range of media sizes Check the printer software for supported sizes Supported types of paper The printer supports a wide variety of media such as e plain e rough e labels e letterhead e vellum e recycled e prepunched e preprinted e card stock e bond e transparency e user defined 5 types e color 26 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Guidelines for using paper For best results use conventional 75 g m 20 lb paper Make sure the paper is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles voids and curled or bent edges Some paper causes print quality problems jamming or damage to the printer For more specific information see Image defects on page 209 Table 10 Media issues Symptom Problem with paper Solution Poor print quality or toner Too moist too rough too Try another kind of paper between adhesion smooth or embossed faulty 100 and 250 Sheffield and with 496 Problems with feeding paper lot to 696 moisture content Dropouts jamming curl Stored improperly Store paper flat in its moisture proof wrapping Open the rear output bin Increased gray background Too heavy Use lighter paper shading Open the rear output bin Excessive curl Too
205. mbly locations 3 of 3 1 eae 263 External covers and panels 0 60 cee eee teens 264 Upper cover assembly seau e eie Taere AARE EEEE TAE hes 265 Internal components 1 Of 4 erra Sea ni EA RARR E EN EE ER ENEA 266 Internal components 2 Of 4 rra sutr eee 268 Internal components 3 Of 4 sad ise eee 270 Internal components 4 of 4 0 eee 271 Upper delivery assembly sssleesseeeeeee III 272 Tray 2 paper pickup roller assembly 0 0 00 eee eee 273 Paper feed belt assembly 0 0 KE EA ARE SKO ESSEN ASER 274 11 12 www GovTechMedia com Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 Figure 174 Figure 175 Figure 176 Figure 177 Figure 178 Figure 179 Figure 180 Figure 181 Figure 182 Figure 183 Figure 184 Paper feed roller assembly 000 eee 275 Registration roller assembly 0 0000 eee ennen keen tee 276 250 sheet universal tray corak rae AA ir Ea E eee ee 277 Mam gear assembly esie rere e a Ek EAA DEPE RERE EREEREER EE NEE 278 Pickup gear assembly osna rarata AERE ENEE teens 279 PCA assembly locations pesinee aa piae aa a So a a aa D a 280 Printer controller assembly eesnik e cee eee 281 FUSO c ckkeu educit susev ned Ed BEG Aa B Ed Ae EO weed 282 250 shlieet feeder 5s ua de wes hapa eta VOR P ARUBA ERU 283 PCA assembly locations 250 sheet feeder 0 00 cece eee 284 50O0 sheet feeder TOnZ eis SKT ted eer te bah xr I da ge DU RR ITUR 285 500 she
206. ment 33 firmware obtaining 37 flash device description 79 failure or problem 194 full 194 product numbers 260 write protected 194 flipper assembly order of removal 112 folding knob order of removal 112 folding mechanism order of removal 112 fonts features 16 product numbers 260 setting source 52 where stored 79 80 See also Courier font setting PCL fonts PS font list printing foot cover order of removal 112 formatter assembly removing and replacing 139 formatter PCA 78 79 formatter system control panel 81 description of process 78 EconoMode 79 input output process 79 memory 80 Memory Enhancement technology MEt 80 page protect feature 81 Power Save 78 Printer Job Language PJL 81 Printer Management Language PML 81 printer memory 80 Resolution Enhancement technology REt 78 forms where stored 79 front cover removing and replacing 120 front panel See control panel FRUs field replaceable units service approach 36 FRUs field replaceable units ordering 259 full disk 193 195 flash device 194 memory 194 NVRAM 200 full duplex operation setting 57 functional overview basic sequence of operation 101 printer and printing processes 71 fuse blown 189 Q1860 90918 fuser cleaning 66 error 198 expected life 68 film 89 heater 89 monitoring and controlling roller temperature 73 power connection 114 removing and replacing 114 fuser heaters 243 fuser mode setting 90 turning on and off 48 fuser paper deliv
207. moist wrong grain direction Open the rear output bin Problems with feeding or short grain construction Use long grain pape Set Jamming damage to the printer Cutouts or perforations Do not use paper with cutouts or perforations Problems with feeding Ragged edges Use higher quality paper Do not use letterhead paper that is printed with low temperature inks such as those used in some types of thermography Do not use raised letterhead The printer uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper Make sure that any colored paper or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with the printer s temperature 200 C or 392 F for 0 1 second Chapter 1 Printer description 27 Paper weight equivalence table Use this table to determine approximate equivalent points in weight specifications other than U S bond weight For example to determine the equivalent of 20 Ib U S bond weight paper in U S cover weight locate the bond weight in row 3 second column and scan across the row to the cover weight in the fourth column The equivalent is 28 Ib Shaded areas indicate a standard weight for that grade U S Europe Japan postcard U S U S U S US U S US metric metric thickness bond text book cover bristol index tag weight weight mm weight Ib weight Ib weight Ib weight Ib weight Ib weight Ib g m2 g m2 1 16 41 22 27 33
208. monitors sensors 248 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 SS C1405 eS OP i S 404 SL306 X i S p Td Figure 153 Clutches and solenoids Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 249 www GovTechMedia com Figure 154 Clutches and solenoids duplexer Table 58 Clutches and solenoids Symbol Name of symbol Code Name Clutch CL405 Registration roller clutch Oz CL406 Feed roller clutch Solenoid SL306 Tray 2 pickup solenoid IF SL404 Tray 1 pickup solenoid SL1501 Paper feeder pickup solenoid 250 sheet feeder SL1701 Duplexer deflector solenoid duplexer SL2001 Paper feeder pickup solenoid 500 sheet paper feeder 250 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 59 Paper size detection Paper size switches Printer SW403 SW404 SW405 SW406 Paper 250F SW1601 SW1602 SW1603 SW1604 500F SW2101 SW2102 SW2103 SW2104 Not installed OFF OFF OFF OFF A3 ON ON OFF OFF A4R OFF ON ON OFF A4 OFF ON OFF OFF A5 OFF OFF ON OFF B4 ON OFF ON OFF B5 ON OFF OFF OFF Ledger OFF ON OFF ON Legal OFF ON ON ON Executive ON ON OFF ON Printer 250F a ON OFF ON ON 500F Letter R Printer 250F Letter OFF OFF ON ON 500f Printer 250F End ON OFF OFF ON 500F Custom 250F 250 sheet paper feeder 500F 500 sheet paper feeder A4R A4 paper fed 90 to normal landscape direction Letter R Letter paper fed 90 to norm
209. n data output signal gt Je 5 STERML Optional unit selection signal 11752 3 10 i J1754 P1 2J1753 R7 J1704 1 A1 P2 R6 2 IM P3 R5 3 B1 Reversing motor drive signal PA a R4 4 IBA i gt ne t SBUSNSR Reversing unit connection m check signal 117057 A2 4 E A2 Side registration guide drive 4 B2 motor drive signal B2 is A3 4 3 ei Refeed motor drive signal 4 m3 J1755 J1754 J1753 J1704 MTRPWR 24V dua P1 R12 7 SL1701 E 2 7 P Aan 8 DXSLD Paper enters the duplexing unit when H Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 233 Figure 135 Reversing unit paper sensor Side registration guide home position sensor Refeed paper sensor Duplexer 234 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com ps1701 1798 YLE Duplexing unit driver PCB PS1702 Y PS1703 Y J1754 J1753 J1704 3 Pio gt g R10 9 PHDRV 45V E P9 z R9 40 H when sensor detects paper 31757 3 31703 4 PHDRV 5V E 5 HGEGS L when the home position is m detected J1756 3 J1703 1 PHDRV 5V D 2 DXPRS H when sensor detects paper n Q1860 90918 Dc controller uds line Duplexing driver PCA S Refeed paper signal DXPRS Duplexer deflector drive Refeed motor drive signal Side registration guide drive motor drive signal signal DXSLD Side registration
210. naana aaa 236 Paper path dashed lines represent duplexer path 22005 236 Printer sensorS or hte cade shone He PR ewe ds bee eat nes dad oe une eae 238 250 sheet feeder sensors 0 00 cece te eee eens 238 500 sheet feeder sensors 2 0 eee 239 Duplexer Sensors LS heeded hace aie Me eee de wl bee ee wide hee ee 239 Printer swIICh6S cibus vwEIVEOREHESEPU ded aia She erases fer Seas eee Re 240 250 sheet feeder switches 0 2 c eee te eee 240 500 sheet feeder switches 0 cee eae 241 Motors fans and fuser heaters 0 ee eee ees 242 Motors duplexer irtera ena ee hue ES HIEERT LUE ete deine eed 243 Connectors main unit 0000 eee ee 244 Connectors duplexer and 250 sheet paper feeder 245 Connectors 500 sheet paper feeder 0 ccc eee 246 PGAS E eukd danti eee atat tp ee a te vie aed ae eR eel FER goon ns 247 POA d plexer 562 0053 mec eseLtes ruben mad bh bee EE Ee 248 Clutches and solenoids 0 0000 cece ees 249 Clutches and solenoids duplexer 0 0c e eee eee eee 250 Dc controller VO Tof 4 gadis fondue bates ei dae ees oe be nie sede 252 Dc controller I O 2 of 4 2 0 0 2c teens 253 Dc controller O9 of 4 eaaa meta eyes aa e eed wa ede wee ee eS 254 Dc controller O 40f4 2 0 2 na a tte 255 Assembly locations 1 of 3 rn eee ER rao tees 262 Assembly locations 2 of 3 2 0 eae 262 Asse
211. nced functions The feature of the PR enables bidirectional communications between the printer and the host The default setting is amp H This default setting 4 must be active in order to use some software applications and driver features Microsoft Windows and other popular operating systems and networks The disk s that came with the printer contain drivers and other useful applications for use with current Microsoft Windows and other popular operating systems networks and applications See the HP Web site http www hp com for updated drivers utilities and applications 64 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia co m Printer maintenance Overview Cleaning the printer and accessories 00 c cc tenet eens 66 Cleaning spilled toner 0 0 0 2 0 ccc eee tees 67 Preventive maintenance 0 00 cee eee ee 68 Reset maintenance count llli 68 Expected life of components NE SN e 68 Chapter 4 Printer maintenance 65 Cleaning the printer and accessories To maintain high quality printing and performance thoroughly clean the printer and the paper handling accessories every time you change the toner cartridge run a cleaning page e after printing approximately 15 000 pages whenever print quality problems occur Clean the outside surfaces with a water dampened cloth Clean the inside parts as indicated in table 25 Observe
212. nd replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper handling PCA 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the left side cover page 123 Facing the left side of the printer disconnect the cable callout 1 from the PCA Remove two self tapping screws callout 2 and two machine screws callout 3 from the PCA 4 Rotate the PCA outward and disconnect the five cables callout 4 Figure 60 Paper handling PCA removal Note Readjust the top margin after you replace the paper handling PCA see page 132 Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 131 www GovTechMedia com Top margin adjustment After replacing the paper handling PCA readjust the top margin This adjustment is also necessary if the top margin of test prints that are made after laser scanner or dc controller replacement is not 2 0 mm The following steps comprise the adjustment procedure 1 After you set the VR401 on the paper handling PCA to the center position 0 place letter or A4 sized paper in the tray Press the test print switch to make several test prints Note The test print switch is also located on the paper handling PCA a hole in the Tray 1 cavity allows access see figure 62 2 Measure the length from the leading edge of the paper to the print pattern a in figure 61 Measure all the test prints and calculate the average 3 Adjust the VR401 so that the calculated value in step 2 becomes 2 0 mm The pattern image shifts in
213. nd the print image data The formatter PCA also provides the electrical interface and mounting locations for two EIO cards and additional memory DIMMs PowerSave This feature accessed from the configuration menu conserves power by shutting down the fuser and exhaust fans after the printer has been idle for an adjustable period of time The printer retains all printer settings downloaded fonts and macros while it is in the PowerSave mode The default setting is with a 30 minute idle time The printer exits the PowerSave mode and enters the warm up cycle when any of the following occurs e a print job valid data or a PML or PUL command is received at the parallel port or an EIO card a control panel key is pressed the top cover is opened and then closed a tray is opened and then closed the engine test button is pressed Note Printer error messages override the PowerSave message The printer will enter the PowerSave mode at the appropriate time but the error message will continue to appear Resolution Enhancement technology The formatter PCA contains circuitry for Resolution Enhancement technology REt which modifies the standard video dot data on its way to the dc controller board to produce smoothed black to white boundaries REt can be set through the control panel or from some software applications The default setting is medium Note REt settings set from software applications or printer drivers override the
214. networks for example is enabled on or disabled off Select whether the DLC LLC protocol stack is enabled on or disabled off Select whether the TCP IP protocol stack is enabled on or disabled off Select whether the Apple EtherTalk protocol stack is enabled on or disabled off he IPX SPX menu is not available The IPX SPX menu appears In the IPX SPX menu you can specify the frame type parameter that is used on your network The default is ALT to automatically set and limit the frame type to the one detected Tor Ethernet cards frame type selections are i and For token ring cards frame type selections are 7 In the IPX SPX menu for token ring cards you can also specify NetWare Source Monim RS which are F default z OF BLL E he TCP IP menu is not available The TCP IP Menu appears Inthe TCP IP menu you can specify for TCP IP parameters to be automatically loaded from a bootp or DHCP server when me Ad is turned on If you specify E i and H0 you can manually set selected CP parameters from the control panel You can manually set each byte of the IP address IP Subnet Mask SM Syslog Server LG and Default Gateway GW For example 192 0 0 192 Byte 4 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 If the Syslog Server IP address is left blank the printer will still work Also you can manually set the timeout time period Q1860 909
215. ng process 0 RES EG ete n 184 Troubleshooting process flow 1 0 ER tenet 185 Troubleshooting the printing system 2 0 0 fetes 187 Preliminary operating checks 0 cece re 187 go IJ sowie ecu eee Sawa e he rhe eee te red ARAA ees 188 ENnGINGtOSt 5 Dee ES dateien te a lee eta a OS Wa ay om EERE Arar ie D 190 Bryan 190 zn s 191 Printer messages SL SR a eerte el eR E murdered ox eer gases aero ERE eeu 193 General paper path troubleshooting llis eh 202 Information Pages xo ceiicsone me vata kee vad eed CE Ema er Ee RE E ud 204 IMAGE quality 2 ccu eio ER ERR ORR Phe cu AUR TOOL E heen ORE RR eae Reals RC 207 Image system troubleshooting 0 00 0 II 224 Interface troubleshooting 0 cece RII I 225 Reference diagrams s rere nka aA EA ll rn 227 Locations of components 0 cece m eee 227 Sensors and signals a ia ranr aii easan edia a aba a a a aa aei aa eet 236 Dc controller inputs and outputs 0 eae 252 8 Parts and diagrams Ordering parts and supplies and getting support ww ee 259 Related documentation and software 0 2 0 cece eee 259 SUDDOfRL s tenet cent lead ad aod ain E a det ate a aay Sele eS LLL Oe doa 259 Ordering parts 22 acer tee a a aina eae Ree tes Rr e me ERE aedis elu der SEL aan 259 Ordering consumables ssssseeeeleeee rn 259 Accessories and supplies NR teen tenes 260 Common hardware and replacement cabl
216. nt parts This chapter discusses the following Ordering parts and supplies and getting support 0 00 c eee eee 259 Related documentation and software 00 eae 259 SUPPOM p EL m 259 Ordering parts ace Loeb lee duae Wide a x d RD Lean dod oe ede See ien 259 Ordering consumables llssseseseeesee rn 259 Accessories and supplies 1 0 eee 260 Common hardware and replacement cables 0000 c eee eee eens 261 Diagrams and parts lists MERE eee 262 Alphabetical parts list 50 NE III 290 Numerical parts list 3 se Ren ROGER nn 294 8 Parts and diagrams 257 258 Parts and diagrams Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Ordering parts and supplies and getting support Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Related documentation and software To order documentation drivers updated HP printer software and product and support information see the information in chapter 2 Support Table 60 Technical support websites HP Connect Online http www connect online hp com for HP partners HP Connect Online is an Internet site that is created exclusively for our partners You can easily find all the HP information that you need for your daily business And you can get it earlier than from any other site HP Customer Care Online http www hp com Software drivers support Select your country or region in the select a country or region field documentation and answers to
217. nter 19 IEEE 1284 compliant parallel interface 16 image formation system description 82 developing the image 87 image fusing variable fusing temperature 89 photosensitive drum description 84 toner cartridge 83 transferring the image 88 writing the image 86 image quality 207 image size setting default 51 Information menu on control panel 47 initializing the hard disk 63 input device failure 200 input output See I O installing DIMMs 107 ElO cards 110 mass storage 110 insufficient memory 196 interface cable order of removal 112 interfaces bidirectional 16 parallel 16 79 troubleshooting 225 interlock switch order of removal 112 internal fonts setting 52 IPX SPX protocol stack turning on and off 56 turning menu on and off 56 Item key on control panel 43 J jams detection process 97 in duplexer 100 setting how printer reacts to 54 JetDirect menu turning on and off 56 Jet Link cable order of removal 112 jobs canceling 43 cannot be stored 196 cleared because of memory shortage 195 deleting 46 menu 46 printing 46 private 46 quick copy 46 setting number that can be stored 54 setting time kept before deleted 54 stored 46 Index 303 K keys on control panel 43 kit for maintenance 260 L labels guidelines for using 29 specifications 25 labels on printer for identification 19 LAN manager 16 landscape orientation setting 51 languages displayed on configuration page 206 not available for print job 193 setting d
218. o o eer c 9 E 6 N a xe 6 o E 9 3 S o o o a S ra s Cs 8 2 gt 3 g S 2 S 5 2 o d 9 9 Q a g amp S 5 o ki Q o s a c o a oO Feed roller paper detection signal FSENS ml PS2001 PS2002 SW2101 Sw2102 NEN NEN SW2103 NEN NEN NEN NEN NEN NEN NEN SW2104 Separation roller Figure 132 500 sheet paper feeder Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 231 www GovTechMedia com Figure 133 Paper Feeder Driver PCB 24V A 45V HISPD Speed change signal SCLK Serial clock signal STB Strobe signal RXDOU Transmission data input signal TXDOU Transmission data output signal STERMU Option select signal J2101 6 7 y J2102 2 3 J2001 1 2 11 12 S J2101 3 4 S J2102 1 13 To printer 921023 a ea a J2102 6 8 uplexing unit an J2102 7 7 paper feeeder 2 J21014 J2101 2 5 y J2101 4 J2102 4 3 10 J2002 1 Paper feeder 2 pick up moto 3 4 Paper feeder SL2001 HEN pick up solenoid a PS2001 J2103 3 J2004 1 Cassette Y in 1 3 paper sensor 2 2 A A Paper feeder pick up motor B drive signals B 24V SLON H to start paper pick up CLED 45V CSENS L when sensor detects paper PS
219. of the error The event log might record errors ina different formal than the format that appears on the control panel For example if F s appears on the control panel the event log shows a 50 02 01 error in which the 02 signifies that two sensors were blocked Likewise when messages 13 1 through 13 9 appear on the control panel the event log shows 13 0x 01 through 13 0x 09 where x the number of sensors that were blocked in the printer Whenever a i3 Ex appears on the control panel a good practice is to clear all jams from the printer and print the event log If you cannot print the event log you can still view it on the control panel To interpret the event log e Each individual entry in the log is called an error and all errors that occur at the same page count are called an event Read the recommended action for each error within an event to gain a clear picture of what took place during that event Events usually conclude with a time out or with no response from the printer Error amp amp in the event log which requires a power cycle of the print engine e Use the message column in table 32 Printer messages on page 193 to associate error messages in the event log with the control panel error messages Follow the recommended action listed in the table for each error or event 192 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printer messages
220. oller assembly from the chassis carefully feeding the cable through the hole in the chassis Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 145 www GovTechMedia com Dc controller and power supply This assembly contains two PCAs One is the dc controller including the high voltage power supply and the other is the low voltage power supply 1 Remove the rear door see page 113 the top cover page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 and the formatter assembly page 139 2 Disconnect four cables that are on the right side of the chassis Note For the two large connectors use a flat blade screwdriver to release the locks by pressing down on the tabs that are on top of the connectors Be sure to pull the cables away from the chassis The remaining connections are located on the left side of the chassis 3 Oo 0 Disconnect the 2 pin the 3 pin and the three large connectors Be sure to pull the cables away from the chassis Remove two machine screws callout 1 from the top surface of the metal housing Remove two self tapping screws callout 2 from the bottom of the dc controller assembly Remove one machine screw callout 3 and its lock washer disconnecting the ground wire Remove the grounding screw below the main gear assembly on the left side of the printer see figure 63 on page 134 callout 3 Figure 78 Dc controller assembly removal 1 of 3 rear view of printer Note You might have to readjust
221. omponents Turns off the display s backlight When you send a print job press a control panel key open a paper tray or open the top cover the printer automatically comes out of PowerSave mode Note PowerSave turns off the backlight on the display but the display is still readable Select the default printer language personality Possible values are determined by which valid languages are installed in the printer Normally you should not change the printer language the default is LIT If you change it to a specific printer language the printer will not automatically switch from one language to another unless specific software commands are sent to the printer Dedicate printer memory to save each language s permanent resources You might have to add memory to the printer in order for this item to appear The amount of memory set aside can be different for each installed language Some languages might have memory set aside for resource saving without requiring all languages to do so Any time the amount of memory dedicated to a specific language is changed all languages will lose all saved resources including any unprocessed print jobs OFF No language resource saving is performed and language dependent resources such as fonts and macros are lost when language or resolution changes GH An item will appear for each installed language that allows the user to allocate a particular amount of memory to th
222. on monitoring and control 00 cece eee 76 Solenoids sensors clutches and switches 000000 cee eee eee 76 Engine test uero RE et ot DP Goa le Pe Red oq ko eg o een 76 MOTOLS tres RR x RATS oe EORR IOS Aa Ui RU RAT RT dE we DEA RR OR NUR Un XU Re 77 Formatter Systelmi else gebe rupe eng eer Per ROT RR RE FR ed Res GR a E a P ROT 78 EO er PT 78 Resolution Enhancement technology lesser 78 ECONOMOGG PP 79 INDUVOUTPUL D 79 GRU cO 79 Printer memory suse ere mb eA ee GEI eue ee epe ed DE Pd ae dud x 80 Memory Enhancement technology sisse ne 80 Page protect west ced eb ook ee we ve ewan RU a daw RR RP RR Re Rn d 81 mer 81 PME autaa e a uet died ERE ed BO eee eee qub duit 81 Control paela a kaea ease serate ee Dn a ient Cate a RE RU tea DAC RS De RR eU ele 81 Image formation system ssas ene ER DE Rh m hs 82 Toner cartridge Esas Ok BN afe angi ee nece ee ele ROAD e a DB 8 ee es 83 Photosensitiv drum cree eus ssl Rl Re ey e Rhe End RR E hm x 84 Writing the image ceases enau ER SR ERE IRR IRI IR I tnn 86 Developing the image 0 cee RR rn 87 Transferring the image llsellseeeeeee e n 88 Image fusing variable fusing temperature llle 89 Paper feed syslelTi oue eet Rana Rubeo Mate el ROE BE a one We RU Ce UR SOR RAR de i uc 91 Clutches and sensors 0 00 cette eee 92 Printing from Tray 1 wise ee eee ah m m dG Chee ee ACR 92 Printing from Tray 2 iue eee REI oa
223. on the right end of the shaft and push until the tab locks in the indentation on the shaft 4 Facing the left side of the printer orient the shaft so that the open end of the shaft callout 3 points away from the solenoid arm 5 Depress the solenoid arm and slide the gear into place Press the gear into the plastic collar until it locks in place 6 Reinstall the spring on the arm of the gear Figure 86 Reinstallation of Tray 2 shaft Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 153 www GovTechMedia com Tray 1 lift plate 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the front cover page 120 the left and right side covers page 123 and the Tray 1 shaft page 150 2 Rotate the Tray 1 lift plate to the front of the printer and then carefully pry down each hook callout 1 until the hook is released from the pivot pin Note When you remove the lift plate be careful not to lose the spring callout 2 Figure 87 Tray 1 lift plate removal 154 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper guide 1 Lift the green handle callout 1 in the middle of the registration assembly 2 Release the guide by freeing the end pins callout 2 and then lift the paper guide out Figure 88 Paper guide removal Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 155 www GovTechMedia com Top of page sensor 1 Remove Tray 2 2 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left side cover page 123 the pickup gear as
224. ong with the motor drive circuit When the printer turns on the CPU on the dc controller PCA initially causes the fan motor to run for one half second The CPU controls the half speed full speed rotations according to the target fuser roller temperature when the CPU receives the PRNT signal from the formatter When the fuser warms up sufficiently it sets the fan drive voltage FANON to the voltage level that runs the fan motor at full speed If the printing ends the fan motor runs at full speed for 30 seconds after the main motor stops and then the fan motor runs at half speed Chapter 5 Functional information 77 Formatter system The formatter PCA is responsible for the following actions controlling the PowerSave mode receiving and processing print data from the various printer interfaces e monitoring control panel input and relaying printer status information through the control panel and the bidirectional I O developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine storing font information communicating with the host computer through the Jetdirect EIO or bidirectional parallel interface The formatter PCA receives a print job from the bidirectional interface and separates it into image information and instructions that control the printing process The dc controller board synchronizes the image formation system with the paper feed and delivery systems and then signals the formatter to se
225. ove the top cover see page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 and the main gear assembly page 134 Face the left side of the printer The delivery assembly is secured by three tabs on each side Use the flat blade screwdriver to gently release the tabs on each side and then lift the assembly out Note After you release one tab lift the assembly only slightly until you release the tab on the opposite side Figure 94 Upper delivery assembly removal CAUTION The face down bin full sensor is on the left side of the upper delivery assembly Be careful not to damage it as you slide the delivery assembly out of the chassis Note To reassemble the upper delivery assembly slide the assembly straight down to lock it in place Make sure the face down bin full sensor is free to move on the left side Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 161 www GovTechMedia com Delivery roller 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 and the main gear assembly page 134 2 Facing the left side of the printer insert a flat blade screwdriver and twist gently to release the tab on the left side of the delivery roller callout 1 The lower delivery rollers might fall out When you replace them make sure they align with the indentations in the chassis Note Figure 95 Delivery roller removal 1 of 2 3 Release the tab on the right side of the roller in the same manner 162 Removing
226. page 1 Press MENU until 2 Press ITEM until i appears 3 Press SELECT to print the configuration page Figure 125 shows a sample configuration page The numbers in the sample printout match the numbers in table 33 on page 206 The content of the configuration page varies depending on the options that are currently installed in the printer HP LaserJet 5700 series printers ass Configuration Page 1 xk NONE d UTI Q Paper Trays and Options Default Paper Size LETTER I nt Figure 125 Configuration page see table 33 for category explanations Q1860 90918 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 205 www GovTechMedia com Table 33 Configuration page categories 1 Printer Information Lists the serial number page counts and other information for the printer 2 Installed Personalities Lists all printer languages that are installed such as PCL and PS and lists and Options options that are installed in each DIMM slot and EIO slot 3 EventLog Lists the number of entries in the log the maximum number of entries that can be viewed and the last three entries 4 Memory Lists printer memory PCL Driver Work Space DWS I O buffering information and resource saving information 5 Security Lists the status of the printer control panel lock control panel password and disk drive 6 Paper Trays and Lists the size settings for all trays and lists optional paper handling Options accessories that are
227. phic process Action 4 Try a different paper lot Transfer roller is defective or incorrectly installed If the transfer roller loses conductivity it cannot effectively pull toner from the drum to the paper Action 5 Inspect the transfer roller for correct installation and contact If the transfer roller is damaged replace it High voltage connector springs are dirty or defective Action 6 The high voltage connectors are mounted on and above the dc controller and protrude into the toner cartridge cavity Check the springs for functionality Clean if dirty replace if defective or missing Laser scanner door is not opening correctly Action 7 1 Remove and reseat the toner cartridge 2 Check the laser scanner shutter door for proper operation If it is defective replace the laser scanner assembly The dc controller is defective The dc controller contains the high voltage circuitry Action 8 Replace the dc controller Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 217 Table 46 Gray background Possible cause Action AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AQBoCc Media does not meet printer specifications or is stored improperly 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper
228. phone numbers ordering parts 36 Service and support 37 worldwide support 38 phone support See support photosensitive drum 83 84 cleaning 84 conditioning 85 functional check 224 temperature sensitivity 187 Index 305 pickup drive assembly 262 pickup gear assembly removing and replacing 136 pickup rollers 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 179 pickup 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 169 PJL Printer Job Language 81 PML Printer Management Language 81 portrait orientation setting 51 PostScript PS fonts 16 power connection for fuser 114 rating information location 19 specifications 20 standby 20 troubleshooting 188 power connector 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 181 power inlet assembly removing and replacing 167 power supply description 248 order of removal 112 removing and replacing 146 power supply system ac dc power distribution 72 dc controller system 75 defective 189 high voltage power distribution 74 laser and scanner drives 76 motors 77 overcurrent overvoltage protection 73 paper motion monitoring and control 76 toner cartridge detection 75 PowerSave mode acoustics 24 description 34 53 description of process 78 power requirements 20 turning on and off 53 58 ppm pages per minute speed 16 pressure roller 89 preventative maintenance initial steps 111 performing 68 tools 111 primary charging roller 85 print cartridges warranty 36 print jobs See jobs print orientation setting 5
229. plies Exchange Product Description Part number number number 500 sheet paper feeder and tray Q1866A 250 sheet paper feeder and tray Q1865A Duplex printing accessory duplexer Q1860 69010 Q1864A 250 sheet replacement tray RG5 7188 030CN C4116A 500 sheet replacement tray RG5 7164 000CN C4117 69001 C4117A HP multi purpose paper HPM1120 HP LaserJet paper HPJ1124 Toner cartridge 10 000 pages C4129X SDRAM dual in line memory module DIMM 4 MB C4140 67901 C4140A 8 MB C7842 67901 C7842A 16 MB C7843 67901 C7843A 32 MB C7845 67901 C7845A 64 MB Q1887 67901 Q1887A 128 MB C9121 67901 C9121A Flash DIMM 2 MB C4286A 4 MB C4287A Font DIMM 8 MB Asian MROM Arabic 5062 4670 Cyrillic 5062 4669 Greek 5062 4667 Hebrew 5062 4668 Korean D4838A Traditional Chinese C4292A Simplified Chinese C4293A Hard disk J6054A Parallel cables 2 Meter IEEE 1284 cable C2950A 3 Meter IEEE 1284 cable C2951A Enhanced I O Cards Ethernet RJ 45 only J6057 61001 J6057 69001 J6057A Ethernet RJ 45 and BNC Local Talk J3111 61001 J3111 69001 J3111A Token Ring RJ 45 and DB 9 J4167 61001 J4167 69001 J4167A 802 11 Wireless U S part number only J6058 61201 J6058 69002 J6058A Maintenance Kit 110V Q1860 67902 Q1860 69002 220V Q1860 67903 Q1860 69003 Embedded Webserver DIMM C9129 67902 C9129B 260 Parts and diagrams www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Common hardware and replacement
230. pplied regardless of whether SW401 turns on or off Main switch SW101 Power supply unit orem Fuse i F1 ee om I RL101 i Fuser heater i i moo Fuse I F2 ge MERECE Terminal i Dc controller PCA Noise High voltage 24Vdr filter Prout Noise RLYD filter e Phototriac pen Rectifying Phototriac poles circuit ales A IC301 LAE e Zerox ZEROXI detection circuit FANONO HALFHAN Switching E 24 V 24V circuit circuit I Y Y Fan motor i conte i Scanner motor solenoids clutches Control IC circuit main motor e 15V circuit Excess voltage excess current 5V __ Sensors detection circuit Laser driver PCA 73 3 V 3 3V M circuit BDPCA Figure 10 Low voltage power supply circuit 72 Functional information Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com If a short circuit or other problems on the load side cause an excessive current flow from the 24 Vdc or 3 4 Vdc power supplies or generate abnormal voltage the excess current protection system and excess voltage protection system automatic
231. print can be used to verify that the print engine is functioning correctly For more information see page 190 Resetting the printer CAUTION Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia c om Cold reset A cold reset clears all data from the printer memory and sets all of the control panel menu settings back to the initial factory default settings Performing a cold reset resets the Jetdirect and other EIO configurations To avoid making changes to your configuration remove the Jetdirect card before performing a cold reset If possible print a menu map and a configuration page before performing a cold reset This page documents current settings for later reference To perform a cold reset 1 Turn off the printer 2 While pressing GO turn the printer on appears After a few ssn the display followed by The cold reset is complete appears briefly on the cease then 3 Press GO to return the printer online appears on the display Clearing NVRAM This procedure will clean up the NVRAM by removing old areas that are not being used 1 Turn off the printer 2 While pressing CANCEL Jos turn the printer on c display followed by 5 After a few second i appears briefly on the appears Initializing the hard disk To initialize the hard disk 1 Print a configuration page and a menu map 2 Turn off the printer 3 While turning on the printer hold down SELECT and CANCEL JOB until all of the lig
232. r or the fuser If a correct toner image is present on the drum s surface assume that the first four functions of the electrophotographic process are functioning and troubleshoot the failure as a transfer or fusing problem If the image on the paper looks good before it enters the fuser then a problem might exist in the fuser Check the toner cartridge Image formation defects are often the result of problems with the toner cartridge If you suspect that the toner cartridge is the source of the problem replace the toner cartridge before troubleshooting image defects Use the following list to make sure that the toner cartridge is still operable e Make sure that the toner cartridge has toner The weight of a full toner cartridge is 1880 grams 66 3 oz the weight of an empty cartridge is 1450 grams 51 1 oz Check the expiration date on the toner cartridge it is stamped on the cartridge box Check the toner cartridge to see if it has been disassembled or refilled Make sure that the toner cartridge is seated correctly in the printer cavity Inspect the cartridge for toner leaking through worn seals If the drum has been manually rotated it might have caused internal damage and toner spills can result Note Toner cartridges are rated for 10 000 images at 5 coverage It is possible to wear out the gears and the cartridge seals before amp appears on the control panel if the 10 000 image expectancy is exceeded See EconoMode on pag
233. r cartridge is almost out of toner About 100 to 300 sheets can still be printed i The printer continues to print while the T message appears The printer goes offline and waits for further action Determine how the printer behaves when a jam occurs The printer automatically selects the best mode for printer jam recovery usually CH This is the default setting GH The printer automatically reprints pages after a jam is cleared The printer does not reprint pages after a jam is cleared Printing performance might be increased with this setting This item appears only after the message appears F The i message is cleared and will not be appear again until the next maintenance is due The message should not be turned off unless the printer maintenance has been performed If the required maintenance is not performed the printer s performance will decline Sets the speed with which smaller sized media passes through the printer This item allows the user to tell the printer that a new print cartridge has been installed Setting this item to resets the HP TonerGauge to full Specifies the number of quick copy jobs that can be stored on the printer hard disk Sets the amount of time that quick copy proof and hold private and stored jobs are kept before being automatically deleted from the queue 54 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com I
234. r handling PCA When the paper is fed from Tray 2 the Tray 2 pickup solenoid SL306 and the feed roller clutch CL406 turn on while the main motor M1 is rotating Then the Tray 2 pickup roller and the feed roller start rotating to feed a sheet of paper into the printer When the paper is fed from Tray 1 the Tray 1 pickup solenoid SL404 turns on while the main motor M1 is rotating Then the Tray 1 feed roller starts rotating to feed a sheet of paper into the printer The paper passes through the registration roller paper sensor PS403 and stops at the registration rollers to momentarily stop the leading edge as its skew is corrected Then the registration clutch CL405 turns on to restart paper feed The dc controller PCA sends the top of page signal TOP to the formatter PCA within a specified period of time after the top of page sensor PS402 detects the leading edge of the paper The formatter PCA sends the video signal VDO VDO within a specified period of time after it receives the TOP signal to align the image s leading edge on the photosensitive drum with the leading edge of the paper already fed The paper then passes through the transfer area feed belt fuser and delivery unit and is output onto the rear output bin or the top output bin There are three photointerrupters PS402 PS403 and PS1306 in the paper path to detect paper jams If the paper does not reach or pass through any of the sensors within the specified
235. r languages available C4110 40004 Figure 162 on page 264 8 Parts and diagrams 293 Numerical parts list Table 89 Numerical parts list Part number Description Figure and page Q1860 67904 Cover front Figure 162 on page 264 Q1860 69005 De controller Figure 176 on page 280 Q1860 69010 Duplexer Figure 184 on page 289 Q1860 69008 Fuser exchange 100 120V Figure 178 on page 282 Q1860 69009 Fuser exchange 220 240V Figure 178 on page 282 Q1860 69004 Laser scanner assembly Figure 167 on page 271 Q1860 69006 Power supply 100 120V Figure 176 on page 280 Q1860 69007 Power supply 220 240V Figure 176 on page 280 C4110 40004 Overlay English other languages available Figure 162 on page 264 C4117 69001 500 sheet replacement tray exchange Figure 181 on page 285 RB1 2190 000CN Tray 2 spring Figure 165 on page 268 RB1 6130 000CN Gear pickup Tray 1 Figure 165 on page 268 RB1 6134 080CN Tray 1 sensor arm Figure 162 on page 264 RB1 6141 000CN Grounding plate Figure 164 on page 266 RB1 6177 000CN Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 Figure 165 on page 268 RB1 6179 000CN Pickup shaft bushing trays 1 and 2 Figure 165 on page 268 RB1 6251 000CN Roller lower back delivery Figure 166 on page 270 RB1 7499 000CN Roller feed 250 sheet
236. rds are not stuck together Card stock guidelines e If cards curl or jam try printing from Tray 1 and opening the rear output bin e Setmargins at least 2 mm 0 08 inch away from the edges of the paper Chapter 1 Printer description 31 Safety information Laser safety statement The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation WARNING Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this service manual might result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme a la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM FCC regulations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to
237. rects itself 2 Clean the inside of the printer see page 66 and use the printer s cleaning page see page 67 Dirty fuser rollers Toner build up can cause the print on a page to smear Remove and inspect the fuser for excessive toner build up Run a cleaning page through the printer see page 67 Several pages might be required if the fuser is very dirty Toner cartridge is defective Perform a half self test functional check see page 224 Replace the toner cartridge if necessary Media might be too smooth or too rough Check the paper or other print media type and quality Wrong fuser setting for the media type From the paper handling menu on the control panel change the fuser mode setting or choose another paper type from the printer driver The static eliminator is dirty or is not grounded which allows a static charge to remain on the page Use a small brush or compressed air to clean the static eliminator Replace the assembly if it is damaged Fuser is defective The print will smear if the fuser is not heated sufficiently to bond the toner image to the paper Replace the fuser The dc controller is defective The dc controller regulates fuser roller temperature If a new fuser does not resolve the problem replace the dc controller Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 219 Table 48 Repetitive defects Possible cause Ac
238. red improperly 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Chapter 7 Troubleshooting 215 Table 43 Distorted image Possible cause Action Media does not meet the 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself printer specifications oris 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 ZMaBlocc stored improperly 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the AGBP paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store ZNaGBICc it correctly ABDOS Printers operating Make sure that the printer s operating environment meets the specifications ZMGBEOC C environment does not meet AOB the specifications Poor connection of the Reseat the cables that are connected to the laser scanner cables to the laser scanner Poor connection of the Reseat the cables that are connected to the dc controller assembly cables to the dc controller assembly Defective laser scanner Replace the laser scanner Defective dc controller Replace the dc controller Table 44 Dots in the paper path direction Pos
239. rk of the United States Environmental Protection Agency www GovTechMedia com Contents 1 Printer description Printer feat l65S So uta er ERG PRENNE au lee RE yi ghee eee a a 16 Printer INTOMMALON PTT 17 eise ieu RP T 19 Model and serial numbers lisllleeeeeeee eee eee 19 Site requirements insu iic eor bred CRISE RR VR sx ee Gan d hee Fa aed 20 Environmental and power requirements lilsleee ree 20 Space requirements 0 00 hr 21 Paper specifications l lssssleeelleeeleeel lr rn 25 Supported types of paper sissllsesslsseeeese mnn 26 Guidelines for using paper 0 00 cect tent IH n 27 Ep 29 Lransparencies cues ee RE e Rer n Rcs Ge Renee ie x ence dente e P Mn ded 29 VEUM 2e x RR ELE quedo C EUR dede ed E Pede etd ER OR d 29 Envelopas etek ik uu kek eu REX REM Phe eae Nude RR RR RR RD RGA E Hae TRA 29 Card stock and heavy paper 0 00 nannaa 31 Safety information 0 0 0 hr 32 Laser safety statement REE nen 32 Canadian DOC regulations l i 32 FCC regulations anr ai aaa a a her 32 Laser statement for Finland 0 0 cee eee 33 Luokan 1 laserlait iine YG Gael pee be RE Pad 33 Material Safety Data Sheet 1 0 0 20 0002 cette eee 33 Environmental product stewardship 0 00 0 ce eh 34 2 Service approach Regulatory information a eee eae ee el ru ee ee Wade Rae eae eae eee 36 Service approach 0 hh
240. rol panel shows the message when the printer is turned on If an error message appears a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed Check the printer messages Print a new configuration page Check the memory section on the configuration page and compare it to the configuration page that you printed before the DIMM installation If the amount of memory has not increased the DIMM might not be installed correctly Repeat the installation procedure to verify that the DIMM has been installed correctly If the amount of memory has not increased after this reinstallation attempt install a new DIMM to discover whether the first DIMM is defective If you installed a printer language personality check the Installed Personalities and Options section on the configuration page This section should include the new printer language 6 Removing and replacing parts 109 Installing EIO cards or mass storage devices Note EIO accessories are not available for the HP LaserJet 5100Le printer Turn off the printer before installing the EIO card or the mass storage device See figure 35 for the orientation and location of the EIO card or optional mass storage device such as a hard disk Use HP Jetdirect to delete files from a mass storage device For more information see the printer software help Figure 35 Installing EIO cards or mass storage devices Paper handling accessories Note Paper handling accessories are not available for
241. rst parameter is the accessory slot number for this disk accessory card The EIO disk is not working correctly Remove the EIO disk from the slot indicated Reseat the EIO disk If the message continues install a new EIO disk alternates with Wait for the message to disappear approximately 5 minutes If the printer EIO card is operating correctly and communicating with the network this message disappears after approximately one minute and no action is required If the EIO card is unable to communicate with the network this message remains for five minutes and then disappears In this case the printer is not communicating with the network even though the message is no longer present The problem might be a bad EIO card a bad cable or connection on the network or a network problem Contact the network administrator The disk accessory card takes a moment to spin up The first parameter is the accessory slot number for this accessory card alternates with The flash DIMM can take a long time to initialize the first time that it is used The flash DIMM had a critical failure and no longer can be used Remove the flash DIMM and replace it with a new one The requested operation could not be performed You might have attempted an illegal operation such as trying to download a file to a non existent directory Delete files from the flash DIMM or add another one Download or delete files using HP J
242. s are closed 3 Check all of the sensors and flags in the paper path see page 236 alternates with The printer received more data than can fit in its available memory You might have tried to transfer too many macros soft fonts or complex graphics Press GO to print the transferred data some data might be lost then simplify the print job or install additional memory see page 107 alternates with The data dense text rules raster or vector graphics sent to the printer was too complex Press Go to print the transferred data Some data might be lost To print the job without losing data from the configuration menu in the printer control panel se d T and print the job Leaving F i 4 might degrade performance If this message appears often simplify the print job or leave F 196 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 32 Printer messages Message Explanation or recommended action alternates with Too much data was sent to the EIO card in the specified slot An improper communications protocol might be in use Press Go to clear the message Data will be lost Check the host configuration If the message persists update the EIO firmware or replace the Jetdirect ElO card alternates with Too much data was sent to the parallel port Check for a loose cable connection and be
243. s is set initially at the factory to 150 000 pages For example the message appears at 150 000 pages If the printer maintenance kit is installed at and the counter is set to 150 114 pages then the message appears 150 000 pages later at 300 114 pages Editing this number is similar to editing the item see table 24 Serial number If a formatter is replaced then the serial number must be recorded Editing this number is similar to editing the item see table 24 Chapter 3 Printer operation 61 Note Cold reset paper size The default paper size is stored in NVRAM When the printer is cold reset the default a size is set to the factory setting Possible values are i and When you replace ihe Tormentar in countries that use A4 rather than letter size paper set the cold reset paper size to 4 Diagnostics This menu item enables or disables the use of the firmware diagnostic features Possible values are I and P For developers only Clear event log Use this item to clear the internal event log 62 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Testing the printer When you print a configuration page the printer checks its internal controller and I O interface and then prints a test page You can review the configuration page printout to verify proper installation of such options as paper trays or printer languages For more information see page 205 Engine test The engine test
244. s the power to the fusing heater regardless of the CPU output e If the fusing roller heater temperature rises abnormally and the thermal fuse temperature exceeds 240 C the thermal switch turns off and interrupts the power to the fusing roller heater Chapter 5 Functional information 73 Figure 11 74 Functional information www GovTechMedia com High voltage power distribution IC301 3 i Primary charging bias circuit i CPU diei DCPWM Primary Dc bias voltage e i lt t _ __ i o Comparator detection circuit i PRDCFOT Dc voltage generation circuit Y PR JH401 i Superimposed gt o PRACFOT To primary i z s charging roller j Ac voltage generation circuit PRACON Comparator Primary Ac bias T current detection circuit i Developing bias circuit i E i Developing Dc bias i omparator voltage detection circuit IDVDCUP Dc voltage generation circuit M i i i i a DVDCFOT DV JH402 i Superimposed eal DVACFOT i To developing gt rcd DVACON Ac voltage generat
245. scanner 76 drivers websites 37 drivers See printer drivers dropouts in characters 213 drum rotation functional check 224 drum See photosensitive drum duplex printing accessory See duplexer duplexer availability by model 18 clutches 250 connectors 245 deflector solenoid 237 exchange and product numbers 260 faulty connection 193 jams 100 location of components 233 234 235 motors 243 paper path 236 paper specifications 26 PCAs 248 refeed paper sensor 237 reversing unit paper sensor 237 sensors 239 side registration guide home position sensor 237 solenoids 250 duplexer deflector solenoid 250 duplexer driver PCA 248 duplexing description of process 98 reversing refeed system 98 turning on and off 48 duplexing unit See duplexer dynamic and context sensitive I O switching 81 E EconoMode description 50 79 effect on speed and memory use 79 turning on and off 50 Index 301 EIO bad transmission 197 buffer overflow 197 card failure 193 hard disk failure 193 hard disk feature 16 installing cards 110 menu on control panel 56 slots 16 troubleshooting 225 electrophotographic process 224 embedded Web server 260 Energy Star program 34 engine test 63 190 engine test print switch 237 enhanced I O cards See I O cards envelope feeder availability by model 18 envelopes guidelines for using 29 margins 30 Specifications 25 29 storing 30 with adhesive strips or flaps 30 with double side seams 30 environmental product ste
246. sembly CAUTION Never touch the transfer roller with your fingers Wear unpowdered latex gloves when you remove and replace the transfer roller Roll the transfer roller into a clean sheet of paper to protect it after removal 1 Face the front of the printer open the top cover and lift the small green handle on the right side of the registration assembly to expose the transfer guide callout 1 the metal plate that rests against the transfer roller 2 While holding the plate remove the two self tapping screws callout 2 and then carefully lift out the transfer guide Figure 56 Transfer roller assembly removal 1 of 3 128 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note The transfer roller is held on the right side by a hinged clip callout 3 also see callout 4 in figure 59 3 Use the needle nosed pliers to lift the transfer roller straight up to free the transfer roller from the hinged clip Figure 57 Transfer roller assembly removal 2 of 3 4 Free the left side of the transfer roller by lifting it straight up 5 Remove the transfer roller being careful not to touch the roller with your fingers Figure 58 Transfer roller assembly removal 3 of 3 Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 129 www GovTechMedia com To reinstall Before reinstalling the transfer roller make sure that the hinged clip callout 4 is up Figure 59 Reinstalling the transfer roller 130 Removing a
247. sembly page 136 the paper handling PCA page 131 and the paper feed roller assembly page 144 3 Remove the gear from the left end of the Tray 2 shaft see page 152 steps 1 through 4 and then slide the shaft to the right 4 Remove the screw callout 1 that secures the sensor to the chassis Figure 89 Top of page sensor removal bottom of printer 5 Remove the sensor feeding the cable through the opening in the chassis 156 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Face down bin full sensor lever The face down bin full sensor is located on the top of the upper delivery assembly 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the rear door and rear output bin page 113 and the left and right side covers page 123 2 Release the two clips callout 1 and slide the sensor to the right to remove it Figure 90 Face down bin full sensor lever removal Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 157 www GovTechMedia com Accessory interface connector 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 and the left side cover page 123 2 Disconnect the two cables callout 1 from the connector 3 Remove the two self tapping screws callout 2 EEEE EEE SEE c AEE EE ETE E e eco Figure 91 Accessory interface connector removal left side of printer 4 Remove the connector 158 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Registration assembly 1 Remove the top cover
248. ses see page 224 Replace the transfer roller if necessary High voltage connector springs are dirty or defective The high voltage connectors are mounted on and above the dc controller and protrude into the toner cartridge cavity Check the springs for functionality Clean if dirty replace if defective or missing No drum ground path With no ground path the drum cannot discharge The negative charge on the drum repels toner and leaves a nearly white page possibly with bubble print Check the drum ground that runs from the contact point in the center of the print drum drive gear through the main gear assembly side plate to the frame ground High voltage circuitry is defective Replace the dc controller Defective laser scanner cable assembly Low level signals that are exchanged between the laser scanner assembly and the dc controller might be affecting the laser output Replace the laser scanner cable assembly www GovTechMedia com 212 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 Table 38 Character voids and dropouts Possible cause Action AaBbCc AabBbcc AagabCcc AaBocc AaBocc Printing on the wrong side of the paper The label on the ream of paper indicates which side to print on The different surface properties of some papers might cause problems if the paper is loaded wrong side up 1 Check for the arrow on the paper wrapper Make sure that the paper is loaded to corr
249. sfer charging I roller Tray 2 mcHx mi iu ESOG AL lA pickup roller Separation pad LJ LJ LIL I Figure 129 Paper path clutches solenoids and motors 228 Troubleshooting www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 130 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com To printer duplexer To paper feeder Paper feeder pick up motor Paper feeder pick up solenoid Paper feeder paper sensor Cassette paper size switch Paper Feeder Driver PCB Serial clock signal Strobe signal Transmission data input signal Transmission data output signal Option select signal Speed change signal Serial clock signal Strobe signal Transmission data input signal Transmission data output signl Option select signal Paper feeder pick up motor drive signals H to start paper pick up L when sensor detects paper Detects the paper size by the combination of these signals J1651 6 7 24V J1652 2 3 J1501 1 2 11 12 45V S J1651 3 4 i S J1652 5 9 eiie J1662 6 8 gt J1662 7 7 STB gt 5 RXDOU S J1651 1 oi S J1661 2 5 STERMU 55 J1651 4 J1652 4 3 10 TT J1661 6 7 424 y J1662 2 3 J1502 1 2 11 12 A4 45V J1661 3 4 i S J1662 1 18 SPD J1662 5 2 SCLK S J1662 6 8 erg S J1662 7 7 RX
250. sible cause Action Dirty static eliminator teeth Clean the static eliminator with a small brush or compressed air AaBbQo Poor contact between the Clean the contacts if they are dirty If the problem remains after cleaning or static eliminator and the if the contacts are damaged or deformed replace them AGBDCTO ac controller Aa BoCc Deformed or deteriorated Replace the transfer roller transfer roller AaBbCc Defective dc controller Replace the dc controller assembly AdBbcc ES assembly 216 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 45 Faded or light print Possible cause Action Begin by performing the half self test function check see page 224 If the image on the print drum is light proceed with actions 1 2 3 6 7 and 8 If the drum image is normal proceed with actions 5 6 and 8 Toner supply is low Action 1 Shake the cartridge gently to redistribute the toner or replace the cartridge EconoMode is on Action 2 EconoMode saves toner by reducing the dot density The effect might appear to be a print quality problem in some cases Turn EconoMode off Print density is set incorrectly Action 3 Change toner density in the print quality menu to a darker setting and try again to print Media does not meet specifications The moisture content conductivity or surface finish might not work correctly with the electrophotogra
251. sing information Attention Action is required See the control panel display 42 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Control panel keys Press the control panel keys to perform the functions shown in table 13 Table 13 Control panel keys Key Function Go Places the printer either online or offline Prints any data that resides in the printer s buffer Allows the printer to resume printing after being offline Clears most printer messages and places the printer online Allows the rinter to continue printin with an error message such as T d i or ii e Confirms a mairal feed request if Tray 1 is loaded and 7 has been set from the Paper Handling menu on the printer s control panel e Overrides a manual feed request from Tray 1 by selecting paper from the next available tray e Exits the control panel menus To save a selected control panel setting first press Select Cancel Job Cancels the print job that the printer is processing The time it takes to cancel depends on the size of the print job Press it only once Menu Cycles through the control panel menus Press the right end of the button to move forward or the left end of the button to move backward Item Cycles through the selected menu s items Press the right end of the button to move forward or the left end of the button to move backward Value
252. st computer etc through the formatter Top output bin Scanning mirror N I I I I 1 1 I 1 i I Mes ies tye ea a Primary charging roller FORMATION SYSTEM Ku 1 unit I grum Pick up control unit Transfer charging roller Tray paper pick up unit EEE S E E E EE E E S DOE ee E e Ra TT TA Tray paper pick up unit L Optional feeder PICK UP FEED SYSTEM Paper feed subsystem Chapter 5 Functional information 71 Power supply system Ac dc power distribution The ac line voltage for the printer is applied through the main switch SW101 and supplied to the low voltage power supply circuit through the fuse F1 The low voltage power supply divides the ac voltage to 24 Vdc 5 Vdc and 3 4 Vdc and supplies them to the dc controller PCA This circuit generates a zero cross signal ZEROX and supplies it to the dc controller PCA 3 4 Vdc is supplied to ICs on the formatter the dc controller PCA and the BD PCA 5 Vdc is supplied to the laser driver PCA and sensors e 24 Vdc is supplied to the high voltage power supply circuitry on the dc controller driving the main motor the exhaust fan the scanner motor the clutches and the solenoids 24 Vdc is divided into 24 Vdr which stops when the top cover is opened and SW401 on the paper handling PCA turns off and 24 V which is always su
253. subscribe to this quarterly service in the U S or Canada call 1 800 457 1762 In Hong Kong SAR Indonesia Malaysia or Singapore call Mentor Media at 65 740 4477 HP authorized resellers and support To locate HP authorized resellers and support call 1 800 243 9816 in the U S or 1 800 387 3867 in Canada See Worldwide service and support offices on page 38 for areas outside of North America HP service agreements Call 1 800 743 8305 in the U S or 1 800 268 1221 in Canada HP PartnerCare You can use the following information to contact HP PartnerCare e PartnerShip Web http Awww partner americas hp com e mail at websupport mnl com Connect Online http Avww connect online hp com e mail at PTS INFOLINE HP Germany exgen1 e Asia Pacific countries regions http partnercare asiapac hp com Canada Partner http www canada hp com Latin America http Awww conecta latinamerica hp com e mail at SUPPORT TEAM LAR HP Miami exgen1 Q1860 90918 Chapter 2 Service approach 37 www GovTechMedia com Worldwide service and support offices e For the U S call 1 208 323 2551 Monday through Friday from 6 A M to 6 P M Mountain time e For Canada call 1 905 206 4663 or 1 800 387 3867 Monday through Friday from 8 A M to 8 P M Mountain time For customers outside of North America use the following list and call the appropriate telephone number for the country or region E
254. sure to use a high quality cable Some non HP parallel cables might be missing pin connections or might otherwise not conform to the IEEE 1284 specification This error can occur if the driver you are using is not IEEE 1284 compliant For best results use an HP driver that came with the printer Press Go to clear the error message Data will be lost If the message persists change FRE ADL COMMUHICATIGH to OH i to HG in the I O menu Replace the formatter if n F and ecessary alternates with The connection has been broken between the printer and the EIO card in the specified slot Press Go to clear the error message and continue printing If the message persists replace the EIO card and then replace the formatter if necessary alternates with A temporary printing error occurred because of electrical noise or an unexpected event Press Go The page that contains the error will automatically be reprinted For regular 41 1 41 4 and 41 9 errors check for loose connections or other source of electrical noise for example grounding problems input power If the problem persists replace the dc controller and then replace the formatter if necessary For regular 41 2 errors unexpected beam detect error check the connections between the dc controller and the laser scanner If the problem persists replace the laser scanner and then replace the dc controller if necessary For
255. t feeder control PCA removal 3 of 3 172 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Paper size spring assembly 1 Complete steps 1 through 6 of the feeder control PCA removal procedure see page 171 2 Turn the feeder assembly over so that it is face up on the work surface 3 Remove the two screws callout 1 that secure the paper size switch PCA to the frame Figure 109 Optional 250 sheet feeder paper size spring assembly removal 1 of 2 4 Carefully lower the PCA down to the work surface to gain access to the paper size spring assembly 5 Remove the screw callout 2 that secures the paper size spring to the frame and lift the spring from the frame Figure 110 Optional 250 sheet feeder paper size spring assembly removal 2 of 2 Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 173 www GovTechMedia com Optional 500 sheet feeder Covers and base frame 1 Use the flat blade screwdriver to press down four locking tabs callout 1 and then remove the right and left auxiliary covers callout 2 2 Use the flat blade screwdriver to press down the two locking tabs callout 3 on the top of the front cover callout 4 and then remove the front cover by reaching under the lip of the cover and pulling it toward you one end at a time Figure 111 500 sheet feeder removal 1 of 2 top view 3 Remove the paper size sensing springs callout 5 by disengaging the locking tabs from the left frame assembly
256. t replacement tray Figure 182 on page 286 RG5 7164 000CN 500 sheet replacement tray Figure 181 on page 285 RG5 7184 000CN Feeder control PCA 250 sheet feeder Figure 180 on page 284 RG5 7184 000CN Feeder controller PCA 250 sheet feeder Figure 179 on page 283 RG5 7188 030CN 250 sheet universal tray Figure 179 on page 283 RG5 7188 030CN 250 sheet universal tray Figure 173 on page 277 RG5 7194 000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Figure 182 on page 286 RG5 7196 000CN Paper size detection assembly Figure 181 on page 285 RG5 7197 000CN Feeder controller PCA 500 sheet feeder Figure 183 on page 288 RG5 7198 000CN Upper contact cable Figure 182 on page 286 RG9 1337 000CN Roller 1 face down guide Figure 166 on page 270 RG9 1524 000CN Pickup gear assembly Figure 175 on page 279 RG9 1542 000CN Transfer roller Figure 167 on page 271 RH2 5337 000CN Flat cable Figure 177 on page 281 RH7 1428 000CN Main motor Figure 174 on page 278 RH7 1552 000CN Fan Figure 165 on page 268 RH7 5235 000CN Solenoid pickup SL404 Figure 175 on page 279 RH7 5236 000CN Solenoid Tray 2 pickup Figure 164 on page 266 RH7 5345 000CN Clutch registration Figure 164 on page 266 RH7 5346 000CN Clutch feed rollers Figure 166 on page 270 RS5 0695 000CN Tray 2 shaft gear Figure 165 on page 268 RS
257. t the control panel Press MENU until I appears Press ITEM until appears Press SELECT to show the event log Press to scroll through the event log Write down the error messages Check the event log for specific error trends in the last 10 000 printed pages o0 F WD Ask the customer for any observed error trends For example do jams tend to occur ina specific area of the printer Record any specific error trends 9 See table 32 Printer messages on page 193 and follow the recommended action 10 Ifthe control panel shows 3H go to the next section If it shows any other message see Printer messages on page 193 Print the event log The printer s internal event log stores the last 30 errors To print the event log e Press MENU until i Press ITEM until e Press SELECT to print the event log Interpret the event log The event log is the key tool for troubleshooting printer problems Figure 123 shows a typical event log The event log shows the current page count at the top left of the page The printer s serial number appears directly to the right of the page count The left column shows the error sequence number with the most recent error listed first the highest sequence number is the most recent error logged The next column is the page count at the time of the error The last column contains a short description of the error or the personality PCL or PostScript at the time
258. tamination in the paper path and clean with a dry lint free cloth Also see the Repetitive defect ruler on page 223 Table 51 Toner specks see also Dots on page 216 Possible cause Action AOBBDCG Dirt in printer 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Clean the inside of the printer see page 66 or use the printer s cleaning page see page 67 AaBBGG AdBbCe Bad toner cartridge components Perform the half self test functional check see page 224 If the problem develops on the print drum replace the toner cartridge AaBbGe AQGBOCE Media does not meet printer specifications or is stored improperly 1 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 2 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Alternating small and standard paper such as envelopes and letterhead To alternate small and standard paper set from the configuration menu on the control panel Worn fuser rollers Replace the fuser Table 52 White lines in the paper path direction Possible cause Action Lack of toner or faulty toner cartridge Redistribute the toner in the toner cartridge If the problem continues replace the toner cartridge Dirt in the laser path Clean the laser path
259. tems in this menu such as duplex and manual feed can be opened from a software application or from the printer driver if the appropriate driver is installed Printer driver and software application settings override control panel settings Table 17 Paper handling menu Item default Values Explanation Determine how the printer will use Tray 1 F If paper is loaded in Tray 1 the printer will pull paper ay first A paper size must be assigned to Tray 1 by option the next item in this menu This allows Tray 1 to be used as a reserved tray For supported media see page 26 This item appears only when TF i E Set the value to correspond with the paper size in Tray 1 For supported media see page 26 This item appears only when i Set the value to correspond with the paper type in Tray 1 see page 26 For supported media Set the value to correspond with the paper type in Tray 2 see page 26 For supported media This item appears only when a Tray 3 is installed Set the value to correspond with the paper type in Tray 3 see page 26 For supported media This item appears only when a Tray 4 is installed Set the value to correspond with the paper type in Tray 4 Feed the paper manually from Tra 1 rather than automatically from a tray When HAHI 0H and Tray 1 is empty the printer goes offline when it receives a print job and displays This
260. the HP Customer Support HPCS organization Chapter 8 of this manual also contains information about products specifically designed for this printer Order accessories from HPCS Note See Worldwide service and support offices on page 38 to find information for a local HP office in the appropriate region HPCS phone listings e HPCS for U S 1 800 752 0900 e HPCS for Canada 1 800 387 3867 e HPCS for Europe 49 7031 142253 Exchange program HP might offer remanufactured assemblies for parts These can be ordered through HPCS Warranty For warranty information and requirements see the start guide Limited warranty for the print cartridge For print cartridge warranty information see the start guide 36 Service approach Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Service and support World Wide Web Print drivers updated HP MFP firmware and product and support information can be obtained from the following URLs U S http www hp com support lj5 100 Europe http www hp com support ljb100 China ftp www hp com cn support lj5 100 Japan ftp www jpn hp com support lj5 100 Korea http www hp co kr support lj5 1 00 Taiwan http www hp com tw support j5100 or the local driver website http www dds com tw HP support assistant CD ROM This support tool offers a comprehensive online information system designed to provide technical and product information about Hewlett Packard products To
261. the control panel adjust the toner density setting AaBbCc Toner cartridge print drum is close to the end of its life Replace the toner cartridge AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc Media does not meet the printer specifications or is stored improperly 1 Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself 2 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Also try rotating the paper 180 3 Check the paper or other print media type and quality Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended media and to store it correctly Poor high voltage contact to the dc controller Clean the contacts if they are dirty If the problem remains after cleaning or if the contacts are damaged or deformed replace them Defective laser scanner Replace the laser scanner Defective high voltage circuitry Replace the dc controller Table 42 Dirt on back of page Possible cause Action Dirt inside printer on tray separation pad or roller feed roller transfer roller fuser toner cartridge feed belt feed guide 1 Print a cleaning page see page 67 2 Print at least 10 pages to see if the problem goes away 3 Identify and clean the dirty part Also see Repetitive defect ruler on page 223 If the dirt cannot be removed replace the dirty part 4 Check for toner leaks AaBbCc AaBbCc Media does not meet the printer specifications or is sto
262. the registration assembly by grasping the small green handle and lift out the belt assembly 4 Remove the plastic guide callout 2 and replace the belts if necessary The guide snaps back in after the belt replacement CAUTION The edge callout 3 has a metal ridge with sharp teeth Avoid contact with the edge Figure 82 Paper feed belt assembly removal 2 of 2 CAUTION To prevent damage to the high voltage contacts the paper feed belt assembly must be reinstalled before you reinstall the dc controller Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 149 www GovTechMedia com Tray 1 shaft 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 the left and right side covers page 123 the pickup gear assembly page 136 and the paper handling PCA page 131 2 Remove the plastic collar on the outside right of the chassis by pulling outward on the collar s release tab and sliding the collar off of the shaft Raise the green center handle of the registration assembly Release the collar on the inside right of the chassis by pulling up on the release tab callout 1 and sliding the collar to the left X Ca Y 4 A d E M Figure 83 Tray 1 shaft removal 1 of 2 right side view of printer 150 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com 5 Release the tabs callout 2 of the gear that is on the left side of the shaft outside of the chassis and slide the gear off Figure 84 Tray 1 shaft removal
263. tion Aa BACH AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc Toner cartridge is damaged The circumference of the photoconductive drum inside the toner cartridge is 94 mm 3 11 16 inches If the defect repeats at this interval the defect is associated with the drum Inspect the drum for scratches or damage Replace the toner cartridge for defects that repeat at 44 mm 1 3 4 inches or 94 mm 3 11 16 inches Defects that repeat at 50 mm 1 15 16 inches indicate a possible problem with either the toner cartridge or the registration assembly rollers Dirty rollers Any dirty roller in the paper path can result in a repetitive print defect Examine and clean or replace the rollers in the paper path Fuser is dirty or defective The circumferences of the rollers used in the fuser are 75 mm 1 15 16 inches and 79 mm 3 1 8 inches If the defect repeats at these intervals the defect is associated with fuser Clean the fuser by running a cleaning page through the printer see page 67 Several pages might be required if the fuser is very dirty If the problem persists replace the fuser Gears are worn causing slippage or jumping Inspect the gears that drive the toner cartridge and the fuser Replace the main gear assembly if necessary Media does not meet specifications The surface of the paper might be too coarse which can cause repeating marks Try a different paper Also see Repetitive d
264. tion page categories continued 4 Novell NetWare This block should state the Novell printer server name to which the printer is connected If the node name reads NPI xxxxxx where xxxxxx the last six digits of the EIO s LAN address the EIO card has not been configured for a Novell server This could indicate that the card is operating under another protocol than Novell Check with the network administrator to determine what Node Name might be appropriate U HEWLETT 9 HP LaserJet 5700 series printers PACKARD EIO 1 JetDirect Page 1 HP JetDirect Configuration IPX SPX ecce tatu 1 0 Card Ready Status Ready Primary Frame Type Auto Select 0001F6 Network Frame Type Rcvd TOC21NU 9 LOOTX FULL Auto Negotiation n Manufacturing ID C14413890 C14 jate Manufactured 0972001 Novell NetWare Oo 16 Security Settings Status WOT CONFIGURED Admin Password ay SSL TLS Node Name NPI5312F7 2 NetWare Mode Queue Server Not Speci fied NOS Tree Name Not Specified NOS Context 5 Attached Server 0 0 SAP Interval 60 sec 41 ackets 0 Collisions 0 Transmit Late Collisions 0 AppleTalk um zs TCP IP main Initializir Host Name LaserJet f Laserwrit Subnet rk Number 65281 Defau umber 8 Config By DHCP Server j 63 230 114 17 DLC LLE TFTP Server Status Read ig File meout Web JetAdmin URI Jetdirect configuration page
265. tional 1 optional 500 sheet feeder optional standard standard N A EIO hard disk optional optional optional N A Duplexer optional optional standard N A LocalTalk optional optional optional N A Processor 300 MHz 300 MHz 300 MHz 300 MHz 18 Printer description www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 identification Model and serial numbers The model and serial numbers are listed on identification labels that are located inside the top cover The serial number is alphanumeric such as USB0000146 for the HP LaserJet 5100 series printer The serial number contains information about the origin location as well as the revision level the production code and the production number of the printer The labels also contain power rating and regulatory information as shown in figure 1 HEWLETT PACKARD h 11311 CHINDEN BLVD J DOSE IDAHO 83714 nocent 100 127V AC Model No Q1860A ELLE ME om Numero de S rie April 09 2002 Serial No CNBK12345 AURA GAUDII Num ro de Mod le 50 60H2 5 5A 5 5A Assembled in Mexico printer engine Made in China Assembl au Mexique g n rique pour imprimante fabriqu en Chine Tested To Comoly With FOG Stangarde FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE LISTED This produe conforms with US CDRH radiation performance standard 21 CFR chapter sub chapter J Complies with Canadian EMC NOM NOM M 1 Class B requirements NYCE Conforme la Classe B des normes Canadiennes de compatibilite letram
266. tions that must be made Press Value to change settings by increments of 10 up to 100 KB or by increments of 100 above 100 KB Select the speed at which data is transmitted to the printer ES The printer accepts faster parallel communications that are used for connections with newer computers MO The printer accepts slower parallel communications that are used for connections with older computers Turn the bidirectional parallel communication on or off The default is set for a bidirectional parallel port IEEE 1284 This setting allows the printer to send status readback messages to the computer Turning on the parallel advanced functions might slow the language switching Q1860 90918 Chapter 3 Printer operation 55 www GovTechMedia com 56 Printer operation www GovTechMedia com EIO menu HP LaserJet 5100tn and 5100dtn printers EIO enhanced input output menus depend on the particular accessory product that is installed in an EIO slot of the printer If the printer contains an HP Jetdirect print server EIO card you can configure basic networking parameters using the EIO Menu These and other parameters can also be configured through HP Jetdirect or the HP Jetdirect EIO Web server Table 22 EIO menu for networked printers Item Values Explanation The Jetdirect menu is not available The Jetdirect menu appears Select whether the IPX SPX protocol stack in Novell NetWare
267. to the third digit and advance the cursor one digit to the right Select Advance the cursor one digit to the right Value Increase the value of the fifth digit by four 4 presses Select Enter the change to the fifth digit and advance the cursor one digit to the right Value Decrease the value of the sixth digit by two 2 presses Select Fi Enter the change to the sixth digit and advance the cursor 2 presses one digit to the right causing the cursor to wrap around to the first digit Go Exit the service menu Maintenance page count interval and reset The maintenance page count allows for input of the number of pages since the last maintenance kit was installed This corresponds to pages since last maintenance on the configuration page Editing this number is similar to editing the item see table 24 If the printer has not reached the first maintenance interval for example 150 000 pages then set the maintenance count equal to the page count The maintenance page count should be reset only after a maintenance kit has been installed This resets the maintenance counter so that the message appears after another 150 000 pages have been printed default e Hold down the TEM and VALUE keys Turn the printer on e Wait for f to appear and then release both keys in the service mode menu sets the page count interval at which the next service is due for the printer Thi
268. tors or other major appliances Install the printer away from direct sunlight open flames or ammonia fumes If the printer is placed near a window make sure the window has a curtain or blind to block any direct sunlight Install the printer with enough space around it for proper access and ventilation Install the printer away from the direct flow of exhaust from air ventilation systems Table 3 Power requirements Amps current Volts Frequency rating Amps rated Watts average maximum short term current based on HP LaserJet 5100dtn printer 100 to 127 Vac 50 to 60 Hz 5 4 amps 10 3 Hz 6 amps printing 480 standby 24 PowerSave on lt 30 ENERGY STAR printer off 0 220 to 240 Vac 50 to 60 Hz 2 5 amps 10 3 Hz 3 amps printing 515 standby 29 PowerSave on lt 30 ENERGY STAR printer off 0 ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark of the United States Environmental Protection Agency 20 Printer description www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Space requirements 139 8 cm 55 in 62 5 cm 24 6 in 30 3 cm 11 9 in ul 4 81 w9 cp ul 9 84 uio amp zt 47 0 cm 18 5 in 11 0 cm 4 3 in Figure 2 Printer dimensions HP LaserJet 5100 printer and HP LaserJet 5100Le printer Q1860 90918 Chapter 1 Printer description 21 www GovTechMedia com 139 8 cm 55 in 62 5 cm
269. ts 24 storage options 16 storing envelopes 30 jobs 46 printer 24 subassemblies service approach 36 subnet mask setting 56 subsystems for printer 71 supplies ordering 36 part exchange and product numbers 260 support partners 259 training 259 websites 259 See also service support assistant compact disc 37 support resources 37 switchback rollers 99 switches 250 sheet feeder 229 230 240 500 sheet feeder 231 232 241 complete list 237 order of removal 112 paper path 227 paper size 251 printer 240 switching dynamic 81 Syslog server setting 56 308 Index www GovTechMedia com T TCP IP turning menu on and off 56 turning protocol stack on and off 56 technical support See support telephone numbers ordering parts 36 service and support 37 worldwide support 38 telephone support See support temperature image fusing variable fusing 89 maximum for printer 27 monitoring and controlling for fuser 73 requirements 24 testing direct connect parallel communication 225 paper path 47 203 printer engine 63 190 See also troubleshooting timeouts VO 55 job retention 54 timing of operations 101 Token Ring cards 260 toner cleaning spilled 67 components and particles 87 consumption 34 79 loose on paper 219 removing loose 111 setting density 50 setting how printer reacts when low 54 smeared on paper 219 specks on paper 221 toner cartridge door assembly removing and replacing 119 toner cartridge guides removing and repla
270. u item in the configuration menu This item clears the printer buffer and the active I O input buffer and resets the printer to use the default control panel menu settings The message might appear on the printer control panel Resetting memory during a print job can result in data loss This item performs a simple reset and restores all non EIO control panel settings to factory default settings This item also clears the input buffer for the active I O The message might appear on the printer control panel This item performs a simple reset and clears the input and output buffers for the ive I Os message might appear on the printer control panel This item performs a simple reset and clears the input and output buffers for all I O ports 58 Printer operation Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Service mode Service mode should be used only by authorized service personnel While in service mode you can e Verify and set the page count maintenance count pages since last maintenance and serial number These are shown on the configuration page Set the cold reset default This sets the factory default paper size to either Letter or A4 Turn the diagnostic functions on or off for developers only Clear the event log Set the page interval at which the next F on the control panel message appears To use service mode 1 Hon down SELECT and CANCEL JOB while turning on t
271. ult o paper types and associated fuser modes are not displayed in the menu When i is set to the different paper types are then displayed in the menu Q1860 90918 Paper feed system Figure 24 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Dc controller A A A A A A A A A gt cc a 55 2 isi z O 2 Oo Power o LI Terminal PCA g 2 3d supply s opu 2 G ese s s Sz 3 o i o wn o a 5 c S S amp Q 5 S gt PS307 86 2 E 2 2 T 2 o zL o ce 90 96 S er N E 3 9 BD o 6 ez Fs nem a 2 5 2 36 8E SO 3 3 a Delivery roller p EO S oa 53 8 T 5 S amp Es TD as 8 gt 2 3 5 E f 85 Es 8 g R hg 989 re os 3 Tray 1 S o os ivan E O re pickup roller lena Photo PS303 Fuser sensitive KTS Se drum x Z PS401 E ced Feed belt MS C N PS1306 ee OO OT f SS gt mee 0 Transfer N Separation pad charging Registration oer LEM CQ Feed roller PS301 a D a E k Tray 2 pickup roller d SE B zi Separation pad SW406 Paper path The paper in Tray 1 is detected by the Tray 1 paper sensor PS401 The paper in Tray 2 is detected by the Tray 2 paper sensor PS301 The size of the paper in Tray 2 and the presence of Tray 2 installed in the printer are detected by four switches SW403 SW404 SW405 and SW406 on the pape
272. ure 131 figure 132 and figure 136 for accessories ee oe ee Figure 138 Paper path dashed lines represent duplexer path 236 Troubleshooting Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Table 55 Sensors switches clutches and solenoids Sensor Name CL405 Registration roller clutch CL406 Feed roller clutch PS301 Tray 2 paper sensor PS302 Paper width sensor PS303 Face up tray open sensor PS307 Face down tray paper full sensor PS401 Tray 1 paper sensor PS402 Top of page sensor PS403 Registration roller paper sensor PS1306 Fuser paper delivery sensor PS1601 250 sheet feeder paper sensor PS1701 Duplexer reversing unit paper sensor PS1702 Duplexer side registration guide home position sensor PS1703 Duplexer refeed paper sensor PS2001 500 sheet feeder paper sensor PS2002 500 sheet feeder paper feed sensor SL306 Tray 2 pickup solenoid SL404 Tray 1 pickup solenoid SL1501 250 sheet feeder pickup roller solenoid SL1701 Duplex deflector solenoid SL2001 500 sheet feeder pickup roller solenoid SW101 Main power switch SWA401 Top cover switch SW402 Engine test print switch SW403 Tray 2 paper size switch 1 SW404 Tray 2 paper size switch 2 SW405 Tray 2 paper size switch 3 SW406 Tray 2 paper size switch 4 SW1601 250 sheet feeder paper size switch 1 SW1602 250 sheet f
273. ure 170 on page 274 Large feed belt RB2 1887 000CN Figure 170 on page 274 Small paper feed belts RB2 1888 000CN Figure 170 on page 274 Transfer roller bushing cover right RB2 1905 000CN Figure 170 on page 274 Paper pick up roller assembly Tray 2 RG5 3521 020CN Figure 169 on page 273 Pickup roller 250 sheet trays RB2 1821 020CN Figure 169 on page 273 Upper delivery assembly RG5 3542 090CN Figure 168 on page 272 Lever bin full RB2 1980 000CN Figure 168 on page 272 Gear delivery roller RS6 0357 000CN Figure 168 on page 272 Transfer roller RG9 1542 000CN Figure 167 on page 271 Cable fuser ac RG5 3561 000CN Figure 167 on page 271 Cable scanner RG5 7072 000CN Figure 167 on page 271 Laser scanner assembly Q1860 69004 Figure 167 on page 271 Screw M4x16 with washer XA9 0838 000CN Figure 167 on page 271 Transfer guide assembly RF5 4118 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Pad assembly RF5 4117 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Door switch RB2 1732 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Door switch spring RB2 1739 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller lower back delivery RB1 6251 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller spring lower back delivery RB2 2076 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Clutch feed rollers RH7 5346 000CN Figure 166 on page 270 Roller holder top
274. uring printing 30 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Note Note Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Card stock and heavy paper Many types of card stock can be printed from Tray 1 including index cards and postcards Some card stock performs better than others because its construction is better suited for feeding through a laser printer For optimum printer performance do not use paper heavier than 199 g m 53 Ib in Tray 1 or 105 g m 28 Ib in other trays Paper that is too heavy might cause misfeeds stacking problems paper jams poor toner fusing poor print quality or excessive mechanical wear Printing on heavier paper might be possible if the tray is not filled to capacity and if paper with a smoothness rating of 100 to 180 Sheffield is used Card stock construction e Smoothness 135 to 199 g m 36 to 53 Ib card stock should have a smoothness rating of 100 to 180 Sheffield 60 to 135 g m 16 to 36 Ib card stock should have a smoothness rating of 100 to 250 Sheffield e Construction Card stock should lie flat with less than 5 mm 0 2 inch of curl e Condition Make sure card stock is not wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged e Sizes Use only card stock within the following size ranges minimum 76 by 127 mm 3 by 5 inches maximum 312 by 470 mm 12 28 by 18 5 inches Before loading card stock in Tray 1 make sure it is regular in shape and not damaged Also make sure the ca
275. urope e Austria 43 0 810 00 6080 e Belgium Dutch 32 0 2 626 8806 French 32 0 2 626 8806 Czech Republic 42 0 2 6130 7310 Denmark 45 39 29 4099 International English 44 0 207 512 52 02 Finland 358 0 203 47 288 France 33 0 1 43 62 34 34 Germany 49 0 180 52 58 143 Greece 30 0 1 619 64 11 Hungary 36 0 1 382 1111 Ireland 353 0 1 662 5525 Italy 39 02 264 10350 Netherlands 31 0 20 606 8751 Norway 47 22 11 6299 Poland 48 22 865 98 00 Portugal 351 21 3176333 Romania 40 1 315 44 42 or 01 3154442 Russian Federation Moscow 7 095 797 3520 St Petersburg 7 812 346 7997 Spain 34 902 321 123 Sweden 46 0 8 619 2170 Switzerland 41 0 848 80 11 11 Turkey 90 212 221 69 69 Ukraine 7 380 44 490 3520 U K 44 0 207 512 52 02 Africa and Middle East Egypt 202 7956222 International English 44 0 207 512 52 02 Israel 972 0 9 9524848 South Africa Inside RSA 086 000 1030 Outside RSA 27 11 258 9301 e United Arab Emirates Bahrain Jordan Kuwait Lebanon Oman Palestine Qatar Saudi Arabia and Yemen 971 4 883 8454 38 Service approach Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Asia Pacific countries regions Australia 03 8877 8000 China 86 0 10 6564 5959 Hong Kong SAR 85 2 2802 4098 India 91 11 682 6035 Indonesia 62 21 350 3408 Japan 81 3 3335 8333 Republic of Korea Seoul 82 2 3270 0700 Outside S
276. utch lever PAN E g Tray 1 pickup solenoid Figure 25 Tray 1 pickup 92 Functional information www GovTechMedia com Q1860 90918 Figure 26 Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Printing from Tray 2 When the formatter PCA sends the PRNT print signal to the printer the CPU turns the Tray 2 pickup solenoid SL306 on about 0 15 seconds after the main motor M1 starts rotating then turns on the feed roller clutch CL406 The main motor rotates the Tray 2 pickup roller and feed rollers The Tray 2 pickup roller rotates a full circle with the Tray 2 pickup solenoid SL306 and picks up one sheet of paper from the tray The paper is fed into the printer as the feed rollers rotate The paper passes through the registration roller paper sensor PS403 and stops at the registration roller that is not turning momentarily stopping the leading edge of the paper and correcting its skew The CPU turns the feed roller clutch CL406 off within a specified time and stops the feed roller rotation The CPU turns the registration roller clutch CL405 and feed roller clutch CL406 on about 1 3 seconds after the scanner becomes ready and feeds the paper through the transfer area feed belt fuser and delivery unit and outputs it to the top output bin Dc controller PCB Terminal PCB ignal IMON Main motor drive si a Tray 2 pickup solenoid drive signal CSTFD M Feed roller clutch
277. ver callout 1 2 Disengage the Tray 1 guide pins callout 2 from inside the front cover by pushing the guides outward The cover and Tray 1 will separate from each other 3 Press the Tray 1 guide callout 3 against the printer Figure 46 Front cover removal 4 Release the front cover allowing it to pivot freely on its keyed pins The cover will slide off the pins to the right at its lowest position 5 Release the Tray 1 guide by allowing the guide to slide off the keyed pins at its lowest position V d V V 4 HAMS 4 4Y4Y CE oe Figure 47 Tray 1 guide removal 120 Removing and replacing parts Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com Front cover pins 1 Remove the front cover and Tray 1 see page 120 2 Remove two screws callout 1 to free the front cover pins Figure 48 Front cover pins removal Q1860 90918 6 Removing and replacing parts 121 www GovTechMedia com Face down cover 1 Remove the top cover see page 115 Face the back of the printer Squeeze the locking tabs callout 1 inward one side at a time to release the face down cover Figure 49 Face down cover removal 1 of 2 4 Grasp the cover in the middle approximately and then lift it up to clear the laser scanner removing it with a rolling motion away from you Note Be careful not to break the two locator pins callout 2 on the front of the assembly Figure 50 Face down cover removal 2 of 2 122 Removing and rep
278. ving and replacing 143 separation roller 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 182 cleaning 66 sequence of operation 101 serial number for printer location 19 setting 60 61 service agreements 37 approach 36 menu 59 mode 59 See also support shaded background 218 side registration guide 98 side registration guide drive motor 243 signal locations 236 signatures where stored 79 site requirements 20 size detection for paper 251 unexpected for paper 197 skewed images 220 smudged lines 221 soft fonts setting 52 software ordering 259 websites 37 solenoids 250 sheet feeder 229 249 500 sheet feeder 232 249 complete list 237 duplexer 233 250 paper path 228 printer 249 Tray 1 pickup removing and replacing 137 Index 307 space requirements 21 spacing setting for printing 51 specifications acoustics 24 environmental 20 24 paper 25 power 20 site 20 space 21 weight 23 specks on paper 221 speed effect of EconoMode 79 increasing print 80 printer 16 processors 16 setting for data transmission 55 setting for parallel communication 64 smaller size media through printer 54 stacker bin order of removal 112 standby power specifications 20 stapling door switch order of removal 112 stapling unit order of removal 112 statements safety 32 static charge eliminator 88 static electricity avoiding 107 stationary caster order of removal 112 stationary extended caster order of removal 112 storage environment requiremen
279. wardship program 34 Specifications 20 24 error log See event log error page for PS printing 52 errors messages on event log 191 messages on printer control panel 193 setting how printer reacts to 54 See also messages troubleshooting Ethernet cards 260 EtherTalk protocol stack turning on and off 56 Europe customer support 38 event log clearing 62 description 191 displayed on configuration page 206 interpreting 192 printing 47 192 using to troubleshoot 191 viewing 47 192 exchange program 36 Executive paper specifications 25 exhaust fan See fan F face down bin full sensor lever removing and replacing 157 face down cover removing and replacing 122 face down tray paper full sensor 237 face up tray open sensor 237 factory defaults description 44 restoring 58 63 faded print 217 fan expected life 68 motor 77 243 removing and replacing 138 troubleshooting 188 Fast Ethernet 10 10Base TX 16 fasteners part numbers 261 FastRes See HP FastRes FCC regulations 32 features of the product 16 302 Index www GovTechMedia com feed roller 500 sheet feeder removing and replacing 178 cleaning 66 feed roller clutch 237 250 feed system See paper feed system feeder sensor PCA 248 feeders for paper See 250 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder Tray 1 Tray 2 trays field replaceable units FRUs service approach 36 field replaceable units FRUs ordering 259 file directory printing 47 file system full 193 Finland laser state
280. y Data Sheet Material Safety Data Sheets can be obtained from the HP LaserJet Supplies website at http www hp com go msds Chapter 1 Printer description 33 Environmental product stewardship Protecting the environment Hewlett Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner The printer has been designed to minimize impacts on the environment The printer design eliminates Ozone production The printer does not use high voltage corona wires in the electrophotographic process and therefore generates no appreciable ozone gas O3 Instead this printer uses charging rollers in the toner cartridge and in the print engine Energy This HP LaserJet printer design reduces consumption Power usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this printer This printer qualifies for ENERGY STAR which is a voluntary program to encourage the development of energy efficient office products ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark owned by the U S government As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Packard Company has determined that this printer meets ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency For more information see http www energystar gov 34 Printer description Q1860 90918 www GovTechMedia com service approach Overview Regulatory information erise reer E e E ER e EEE ERA 36
281. y so that paper can feed from the tray 2 Check the input area for obstructions such as print media in the path damage to the registration assembly or an out of place transfer roller 3 Check PS402 and PS403 for correct operation Replace any defective sensors or flags For the locations of sensors see page 236 The event log message for a paper delay jam at the fuser is 13 5 The event log message for a paper stopped jam at the fuser is 13 6 1 Check the transfer roller and the small media belt to ensure that they are operating and can feed media 2 Check the paper path for obstructions at the transfer roller and toner cartridge at the paper feed guide and at the fuser 3 Check PS1306 for correct operation Replace any defective sensors or flags For the locations of sensors see page 236 The event log message for a paper delay jam in the duplexer is 13 10 1 Check the duplexer and the rear area of the printer for obstructions or damage 2 Check PS1701 and PS1703 in the duplexer for correct operation Replace the duplexer if a sensor is defective The event log message for a paper stopped jam in the paper path is 13 20 The event log message for a top door opened while printing jam is 13 21 1 Check the entire paper path for obstructions such as print media in the path registration area transfer area paper feed and fuser 2 Check that all of the assemblies are seated and that all of the door
282. ynamic switching 81 control panel changing settings 45 defaults 44 description of process 81 keys 42 43 layout 42 lights 42 lock status 206 password 206 removing and replacing 117 setting language 44 settings 44 using 42 control panel menu map printing 47 using to troubleshoot 204 viewing current settings 204 control panel menus Configuration 53 cycling through 43 EIO 56 exiting 43 VO 55 Information 47 opening 45 Paper Handling 48 Print Quality 50 Printing 51 printing map 45 Private Stored Jobs 46 Resets 58 Q1860 90918 control panel overlay removing and replacing 117 control PCA 250 sheet feeder removing and replacing 171 copies selecting number 46 setting default 51 Courier font setting 52 covers cleaning 66 front removing and replacing 120 left corner removing and replacing 126 left front corner removing and replacing 177 left side removing and replacing 123 order of removal 112 rear door rear output bin removing and replacing 113 right corner removing and replacing 126 right side removing and replacing 123 top removing and replacing 115 Tray 1 inner removing and replacing 124 See also doors CPUs See processors CR to LF setting 52 creases in printed paper 214 Create Cleaning Page message 67 crooked images 220 curl in printed paper 214 custom paper configuring 51 setting unit of measurement 51 specifications 25 customer support 36 38 customer support See support

HP LASERJET 5100LE User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents